Quarterlytics / Technology / Information Technology Services / Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC

arbb · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker arbb
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Information Technology Services
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ARBUTHNOT BANKING GROUP PLC

Annual Report & Accounts 2019

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC
Report & Accounts 2019

The importance of history  
and Sun Tzu

The importance of previous experience cannot be 
overstated. “Those who are not willing to learn from 
history are doomed to repeat the mistakes of previous 
generations.” 

A good place to start, therefore, is with the famous 
Chinese General, Sun Tzu and his writings in  
“The Art of War” c. 2500 years ago. He established 
some basic truths such as:

“He whose ranks are united in purpose will be 

victorious.”

“The commander will surely choose those who  

are most fortunate.”

“The traits of a true commander are: courage,  

wisdom, humanity and integrity.”

Origins of Arbuthnot Latham

George Arbuthnot (1772 – 1843) was a son of the 
Edinburgh banker Robert Arbuthnot. He started in 
1803 as a partner in Latour & Co. in Madras (today 
Chennai), Southern India. Latour & Co. had been 
set up in 1780 by Count Francis Joseph Louis Latour 
de Quercy, who died in 1808. In 1807 Latour & Co. 
became Arbuthnot & Co. and George Arbuthnot 
became the leading partner until he retired in 1824.  
In his farewell letter to the partners he said: 

“…not only give the constituent (client) the assurance 

that his money is safe, but also give him the feeling that 
he is benefitting himself by dealing with the House.” 

In 1826 John Alves Arbuthnot started as a clerk at 
Arbuthnot & Co. and in 1831 became a partner.  
He married the daughter of George Arbuthnot.  
Upon his return to London he established, together 
with Alfred Latham, the trading house Arbuthnot & 
Latham on 13 March 1833. 

(For more details, read the book: Arbuthnot Latham 
1833 – 2013 by David Lascelles)

Strategic Report – Business Review

Strategic Report – Financial Review

Business Overview

Financial Highlights

Chairman’s Statement

Corporate Philosophy

1 
2 
3 
4 
8 
12 
24  Board of Directors
26  Group Directors’ Report
30  Corporate Governance
36  Remuneration Report
38 

Independent Auditor’s Report

48  Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
49  Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
50  Company Statement of Financial Position
51  Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
53  Company Statement of Changes in Equity
54  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
55  Company Statement of Cash Flows
56  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
129  Five Year Summary
130  Corporate Contacts & Advisers

1

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC

The Seven Principles

Ever since George Arbuthnot first gave guidance about corporate behaviour, it has been 
the culture of Arbuthnot to follow his advice. The Seven Principles summarise Arbuthnot’s 
corporate philosophy and ethics. 

During the 187 year history of serving its customers, Arbuthnot has proven its ability to 
adopt and grow by applying such principles with pragmatism and common sense.

1.  Arbuthnot serves its shareholders,  

3.  Arbuthnot is independent, and  

its customers and its employees with 
integrity and high ethical standards. 
This is demonstrated in a progressive 
dividend policy, in fair pricing and 
in pay for performance.

2.  Arbuthnot attaches great importance 
to good relations with customers 
and business partners, and treating 
them fairly and promptly. 
Arbuthnot believes in reciprocity.

profit and growth oriented while 
maintaining a controlled risk profile.

4.  Arbuthnot’s business is conducted  
in an innovative, flexible and 
entrepreneurial manner, with an 
opportunistic and counter-cyclical 
attitude.

5.  Arbuthnot’s approach is based on 
diversification to spread the risk, a 
long-term view to further growth, 
empowerment of management and  
a culture of rewards for achievements  
to engender loyalty. 

6.  Arbuthnot does not sacrifice long term 
prospects for short term gains – nor 
sacrifice stability for quick profits, and 
it will never put the whole company  
at risk.

7.  Ultimately, the success of Arbuthnot 

depends on the teamwork, 
commitment, and performance of  
its employees, combined with the 
determination to win.

The continued application of these principles will allow the business to pursue growth in a 
controlled manner, providing a high quality service to its customers, whilst delivering good 
returns to shareholders and securing the well-being of its employees.  
To this end, an inclusive and balanced work environment will provide a rewarding  
as well as challenging multiformity.

Sir Henry Angest
Chairman & CEO 

26 March 2020

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 20192

Business  
Overview

Private Banking

Commercial Banking

Arbuthnot Latham provides a high quality private 
banking and wealth management service, consisting  
of three core elements: 

Arbuthnot Latham provides a bespoke commercial 
banking service which includes:

Private  
Banking

Comprises current accounts, deposit 
accounts, loans, overdrafts and foreign 
exchange. Each client deals with a 
dedicated Private Banker who is key  
to providing an individual service.

Financial 
Planning

Built on long-term relationships  
and bespoke financial strategies. 
The service is independent and fee,  
not commission based.

Investment 
Management

Comprises asset management, 
developing tailored investment 
strategies to ensure that each client’s 
specific investment objectives are met.

Banking

Property  
Finance

Other  
finance

Comprising current accounts, deposits, 
overdrafts, guarantees and charge 
cards. Clients have a dedicated Banker 
who is key to managing the 
relationship.

Comprises tailored lending to enable 
funding of both property investments 
and developments.

Comprises individual secured lending 
which is designed around the needs  
of each commercial client.

Asset Finance

Provides asset finance funding in 
particular for high value and classic 
cars but also business assets.

Asset Based 
Lending

Provides finance secured on either 
invoices, assets or stock of the 
borrower. 

Specialist 
Finance

Provides short term secured lending 
solutions to professional and 
entrepreneurial property investors. 

Deposits

Provides deposit products directly to 
the retail market via a newly created 
internet platform, with rates advertised 
on the best buy tables.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019Financial  
Highlights

2019 
£72.5m

2018 
£68.0m

2017 
£54.6m

3

2019 
£5.8m

2018 
£4.4m

2017 
£3.2m

2019 
£7.0m

2018 
£6.8m

2017 
£2.5m

Operating income from 
continuing operations

Underlying profit before tax from 
continuing operations

Profit before tax from  
continuing operations

2019 
37.0p

2018 
35.0p

2017 
33.0p

2019 
£2.60bn

2018 
£2.18bn

2017 
£1.85bn

2019 
£214.5m

2018 
£178.6m

2017 
£171.7m

Total ordinary dividend per share

Total assets

Regulatory capital

£1.6bn  

loan book at  
December 2019 

£2.1bn  
of deposit funding at 
December 2019

£1.1bn  
assets under 
management at 
December 2019

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 20194

Chairman’s  
Statement

I am pleased to report that 
Arbuthnot Banking Group  
(“ABG” or “the Group”) has had  
a successful year of franchise growth 
and along the way realised several 
notable achievements. Overall the 
customer loan balances increased 
by 31%, while at the same time 
deposits grew by 22%. 

This growth rate would identify the Group as one of the 
fastest growing banks in the UK, which was achieved while 
still adhering to our philosophy of controlled and 
conservative decision making that takes a long term view, 
rather than fast growth in an uncontrolled and perhaps 
reckless manner.

Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited (“Arbuthnot Latham”, 
“AL” or the “Bank”) continued to strengthen its controls  
and enhanced the three lines of defence model. We appointed 
Stephen Kelly, previously Finance Director of Arbuthnot 
Latham, to be the Bank’s Chief Risk Officer (“CRO”).  
This has allowed our principles of risk management, which 
we have instilled in all of our businesses over the years, to be 
properly articulated in a robust risk structure and framework. 
This should enable us to maintain our pace of growth and 
remain a well run and tightly controlled organisation.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 20195

During 2019, the strategy of returning the Private Bank to 
focussing on attracting and developing deeper relationships 
with criteria clients started slowly, but the success of the work 
being done manifested itself in the second half of the year, 
where for six consecutive months the Investment 
Management division recorded positive net inflows of client 
monies. This was a significant turnaround story and 
continues to demonstrate that the market remains open to the 
provision of high quality banking services to clients who 
demand a personalised offering rather than homogeneous 
service centre banking. It is this strategy that we have been 
developing in our Commercial Banking division. To that end 
we had hoped to increase the pace of delivery of this to the 
SME market via our application to take part in the RBS 
Remedies process, in particular by submitting an application 
to the Capabilities and Innovation Fund. Our application was 
realistic and truly deliverable. It would have helped us to 
accelerate the development of our personalised approach to 
business banking for the wider market.

Across the Group there were many notable achievements  
that have all added to the progress that we made during the 
year, however, I would like to highlight five in particular that 
I feel are worth mentioning. These will help to lay a good 
foundation for the next phase of our evolution.

Highlights

Firstly, in August we completed the purchase of a residential 
mortgage portfolio. The mortgages totalled £265m in 
customer balances. After careful due diligence, analysis and 
strategic negotiation, we were able to acquire this portfolio  
at a discount of £7m or 2.7% of balances. The loans were 
generally all performing, well seasoned and at attractive loan 
to values (an average of 68%). This was our largest portfolio 
acquisition to date, following on from the purchase we made 
from the Dunfermline Building Society in 2014. Since 
completion of the deal, the portfolio has outperformed our 
model assumptions and should provide a good source of 
revenue for the next few years.

Secondly, we were able to enter the acquisition process for  
the mortgages as we were confident that we could restore our 
surplus liquidity resources to their normal conservative levels, 
as our new internet deposit raising platform “Arbuthnot 
Direct” had come on stream in May. As the mortgage 
portfolio purchase became certain we began to offer 
competitive market rates which resulted in increased deposits. 
This new offering was noticed by ITV’s Martin Lewis, who 
mentioned the Direct platform on the “This Morning” 
programme and we then raised £50m of deposits in the 
following 3 weeks.

Thirdly, the Asset Based Lending business celebrated its first 
anniversary in 2019 and has already issued facilities of £76m. 
During the year the business made payments of £450m and 
processed £485m of invoice volumes, with the fourth quarter 
being double the volume of the first quarter. This business has 
grown the right way, with excellent service to its customers  
at the centre of everything it does. In 2020 we expect it to  
be profitable in each month, after having reached break even 
in 2019.

Fourthly, I would like to mention the progress we have been 
making in developing our technology platforms. Not only do 
we take the threat of cybercrime seriously, we have also been 
enhancing our core systems and delivering new platforms.  
In 2019 major investment was made in the soon to be 
established Customer Relationship Management (“CRM”) 
system provided by Salesforce. The total investment will be in 
excess of £12m, but will enhance our interaction with clients 
and customers and when linked to our reshaped internet 
platform, should allow us to be active across all digital 
platforms. Thus, we will be able to live up to our assertion 
that “we are a longstanding relationship and service led bank 
powered by modern technology”.

Finally, in November the Bank was awarded the “Best Bank” 
accolade at the City AM awards ceremony. While we don’t 
usually place much emphasis on such events, it is good to see 
that the Bank and the progress it is making is now being 
recognised by the wider market.

Capital

As a fast growing bank, we have by definition been deploying 
our capital resources at an equal pace. Thus, the following 
capital transactions that we successfully completed during the 
year were important in maintaining sufficient capital levels to 
ensure our growth rates can continue.

Firstly, following a good set of financial results, the market 
opened up to the fact that Secure Trust Bank (“STB”) shares 
had been oversold after following the challenger bank market 
downturn during 2018. We saw that demand existed for us to 
sell a further 1,050,000 of our STB shares at a price of 
£14.60. This sale was completed in April and created an 
additional £13.6m of regulatory capital for the Group. 
However, at the same time we did forgo a dividend of £0.9m 
that we would have received on these shares during 2019.

Secondly, we were finally able to issue the Arbuthnot Banking 
Group Ordinary Non-Voting shares. We did this via a bonus 
issue of 1 share for every 100 Ordinary shares, with the 
shares being listed on the NEX Exchange Growth Market 
(“NEX”) alongside our Ordinary voting shares. Although this 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 20196

Chairman’s  
Statement continued

did not raise any additional capital, it could prove important 
in the future as we have now created a new “currency” that 
we may be able to use to complete transactions. If these 
shares were used for this purpose, we would probably also 
offer them via the AIM market in addition to NEX.

Finally, in June we agreed a bilateral sub-ordinated loan with 
Proventus Capital Partners (“Proventus”). The £25m loan 
was structured in such a way that it forms part of our capital 
resources as Tier 2. We were pleased to find Proventus as a 
lending partner and we developed a good understanding of 
their investment strategy during the negotiations. We hope 
that this will grow into a supportive long term relationship.

Business Activity

From the beginning of the second half of the year it was clear 
that the uncertainty caused by the political unrest was 
reducing the appetite of our clients to complete on lending 
deals. By the end of the third quarter, the uncertainty grew to 
a peak as the Brexit stalemate brought about an unexpected 
general election. As I had previously indicated, I believed that 
a hard left government with its tax and spend philosophy had 
the potential to cause a much greater negative impact on the 
UK economy than Brexit could ever have done.

However, I have previously observed, and this was repeated 
once again, that the British people do not believe in such 
radical policies and returned an emphatic result that now 
leaves the Government in a good position to carry out its 
manifesto promises. Immediately after the result, the 
economic sentiment improved and we noticed an uplift in 
confidence and accordingly customer activity began to 
increase. 

Auditors

I can further report that during the year we carried out a 
mandatory tender for our audit services. This was after our 
incumbent auditors, KPMG, reached ten years of continuous 
service. Given the current focus on the audit sector, we 
carried out a thorough process involving the audit committees 
of both the Group and Arbuthnot Latham. We were pleased 
that following this process we were able to appoint Mazars 
LLP as our new auditors. As is the trend within the industry, 
this leaves us now in a position to select from a number of 
professional firms for the provision of other services, as these 
have become more homogeneous, rather than being delivered 
by one firm leveraging its relationship as auditor.

Longstanding relationship  
and service led bank powered  
by modern technology

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 20197

We have taken substantial steps in terms of business 
continuity and a large proportion of our staff are now 
homeworking, in line with Government guidelines.  
Our recent investment in technology has aided this process 
enormously and enabled us to keep in close contact with 
clients, who remain our first priority.

It is difficult to give any further guidance for 2020 as these 
events unfold. However we remain well capitalised and hold 
significant levels of surplus liquidity, while our loan book is 
conservative and we have good levels of security. Overall the 
Board feels we are well positioned to withstand the 
headwinds that all banks will experience in 2020, and 
potentially to take advantage of any opportunities as we 
emerge from this.

Sir Henry Angest
Chairman & CEO 

26 March 2020

Board Changes and Personnel

During the year we were delighted to welcome Nigel 
Boardman to the Group Board. He had a long and 
distinguished career with Slaughter and May where he was 
legal advisor to more than a dozen FTSE 100 firms. We look 
forward to working with him in the coming years.

I also would like to thank my colleagues on the Board for 
their helpful and committed collaboration. As always, the 
performance of the Group reflects the hard work and 
commitment of all the members of staff. On behalf of the 
Board I extend our thanks to all of them for their dedicated 
efforts in 2019.

Dividend

In light of the current circumstances that will prevent us 
holding the AGM within our normal timeframes, where  
the shareholders would have been be able to approve a final 
dividend, the Board is proposing a second interim dividend  
in lieu of a final dividend of 21p, an increase of 1p on last 
year. Together with the first interim dividend of 16p it gives  
a total dividend of 37p (2018: 35p), which represents an 
increase of 2p on the total ordinary dividend of the previous 
year.

The second interim dividend will be paid, as planned, on  
22 May 2020 to shareholders on the register at close of 
business on 24 April 2020.

Outlook

The macro economic outlook is now increasingly difficult to 
predict. Following the result of the general election, the UK 
appeared to have increased business confidence and also a 
growing appetite for investment.

However, recent events have completely overtaken this as the 
global economy is being significantly impacted by the spread 
of the coronavirus. Together with the geopolitical unrest 
among the oil producers, this has had a dramatic effect on 
financial markets around the world.

In response to the economic situation, the Bank of England 
recently implemented a number of measures to boost the 
economy. The withdrawal of the countercyclical capital buffer 
and the effective extension of the TFS liquidity scheme will in 
the short term be helpful to the Group. However, the 
reduction in the base rate will have a material impact on the 
Group’s net interest income in 2020 and possibly beyond, as 
earnings on our customer loans and assets we hold at the 
Bank of England will be substantially lower than the benefit 
we can achieve by lowering our cost of funding.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 20198

Strategic Report 
Business Review

Arbuthnot Latham

Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd has reported a profit before 
tax and Group recharges of £16.2m (2018: £14.6m), which  
is an increase of 11%. Once again this result includes the 
impact of a further adjustment to the expected liability due 
on the management earn out of Renaissance Asset Finance 
(“RAF”). The reassessment required a release of £1.5m to 
profit. If this item is excluded and the same adjustment made 
in 2018 of £2.6m, then the increase in profit would be 23%. 
Despite this adjustment, RAF continued to perform well 
increasing its customer balances by 20% during the year. 

Overall the Bank saw good growth in all of its leading 
indicators, namely customer balances. Customer loans 
increased by 31% and deposits grew by 22%, while Asset 
Under Management (“AUM”) increased by 12%.

On 8 August 2019 the Bank completed the purchase of a 
performing portfolio of residential mortgages (“Santiago 
Portfolio”). This acquisition was added to the previous 
portfolio that was acquired in 2014 from the administrators 
of the Dunfermline Building Society (“Tay Portfolio”). This 
brings the total of purchased mortgage portfolios to £362m.

During 2019 the Bank launched its direct to customer deposit 
platform “Arbuthnot Direct”, this proved successful and has 
so far raised £83m of deposits. Notably after being 
mentioned by Martin Lewis in the media, the platform was 
“stress tested” collecting an average of £6m per day for a 
week.

Arbuthnot Commercial Asset Based Lending continued to 
make good progress reaching profitability and £76m of 
drawn balances at the year end, only nineteen months after 
commencing trading.

The average net margin for the Bank fell by 20bps from 4.7% 
to 4.5%. This was as a result of the average cost of deposits 
increasing by more than 10bps as the market for fixed term 
and notice deposits proved to be competitive. 

As the Bank now has a deposit base in excess of £2bn, a small 
increase in the deposit rates can result in a material increase 
in the interest expense of the Bank.

Credit losses in the year reduced to £867k (2018: £2,731k) as 
the Bank now had another year of loss experience on which 

Private Banking
Provides full service banking and 
dedicated Wealth Management  
to criteria clients

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 20199

to base its IFRS 9 credit models. The requirement of these 
adjusted models resulted in a release of provisions of £1.1m. 
These were offset by normal impairments under the models 
(due to increased lending and changes in circumstances/the 
Stages of loans).

The Bank continued to reduce the small number of legacy 
non-performing loans including it has now taken vacant 
possession of a villa in Majorca and is developing plans to 
recover the money owed under the original loan.

Private Banking

The Private Bank continued to experience a fall in customer 
loan balances seeing a reduction of £27m or 4% from the 
prior year. However, despite this reduction, the Private Bank 
managed to write £96m of new loans in the year. In fact, the 
decline in the loan balances of the Private Bank were as a 
result of resolving the non-performing loans or watch list 
loans that had been given notice to refinance, thus preventing 
the possibility of future losses.

The Customer deposits remained unchanged at approximately 
£1.04bn.

However, the new strategy to refocus the private bankers on 
attracting new criteria clients who would require Investment 
Management Services appears to be gaining traction. In the 
second half of the year, the Investment Management division 
saw net inflows of client assets (excluding market movement) 
in every month. AUMs closed the year at £1.1bn, an increase 
of 12%.

The Wealth Planning division contributed a loss of £1.8m to 
the Private Bank. This was due to a change to its business 
proposition. At the end of the first half the business ceased 
charging clients for ongoing annual reviews, instead the 
planners now concentrate on providing event based financial 
advice and thus charge the clients for each piece of specific 
advice on a transactional basis.

Mortgage Portfolios

Following the completion of the acquisition of the residential 
mortgage portfolio in August, the total of the combined 
portfolio now stands at £306m.

Both portfolios have performed better than expected during 
the year with gross yields of 4.1% on the Tay Portfolio and 
3.8% on Santiago. The two portfolios have average LTVs of 
59.1% and 67.5% respectively. 

2019 
£74.2m

2018 
£68.4m

2019 
£5.0m

2018 
£6.8m

2019 
£62.2m

2018 
£57.8m

2019 
£16.2m

2018 
£14.6m

2019 
£1,599.1m

2018 
£1,224.7m

Operating income

Other income

Operating expenses

Profit before tax  
(before Group  
recharges)

Customer loans

2019 
£2,084.9m

2018 
£1,714.3m

2019 
£2,584.8m

2018 
£2,172.3m

2019 
£1,107.3m

2018 
£985.1m

2019 
4.5%

2018 
4.7%

2019 
76.7%

2018 
71.4%

Customer deposits

Total assets

Assets under  
management

Average net margin

Loan to deposit ratio

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201910

Strategic Report 
Business Review continued

Commercial Banking

Renaissance Asset Finance (“RAF”)

The Commercial Bank increased its loan book to £532m, an 
increase of 20%. The emphasis of this lending has gradually 
switched away from commercial real estate towards 
professional buy to let landlords. The bankers generated 
£170m of new lending volumes. During the fourth quarter 
the team completed the largest loan deal in the history of the 
Bank. The loan totalled £40m to be drawn in two tranches, 
£29m in 2019 and the remaining £11m in 2020. The security 
against the loan is a well diversified portfolio of flats in 
central London with a loan to value (“LTV”) of 60%.

At the same time the Commercial Bank had notable success  
in attracting new deposits, increasing the total of deposits by 
45% to £824m.

RAF made good progress during the year and grew its 
customer loan balances by 20% to exceed £100m for the first 
time in its history. The volume of new loans written in the 
year increased by 21% to reach £68m, which was as a result 
of receiving an additional 10% of new loan proposals. In 
fact, the network of introducers increased to 107 brokers 
(2018: 85), an increase of 26%.

The new business saw average yields hold steady at 8% 
(2018: 8%).

However, RAF was subject to a number of credit losses, 
which appear to be isolated incidents rather than a systematic 
issue with the underwriting processes. The result of these 
losses saw the credit losses increase by nearly 100% to be 
£708k in the year.

Commercial Banking
The bank continues to develop its 
highly focussed SME offering whilst 
maintaining a personalised service

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201911

Arbuthnot Commercial Asset Based Lending (“ACABL”)

Operations & Technology

ACABL recorded a full year profit of £24k, which is a 
creditable performance given that the business only 
commenced trading in May 2018.

The customer loan balances ended the year at £76m, an 
increase of 200%. The client base now stands at 35, with 
total facility limits totalling £130m. These facilities were 
generated from 26 different business introducers.

The borrowers are 50% UK manufacturers, 30% of the client 
base are exporters and they are from 18 industrial sectors and 
19 geographical counties. 54% are backed by private equity 
and the remainder are privately owned.

During the year the business made payments of £450m and 
processed £485m of invoice volumes. These volumes grew to 
the extent that the levels processed in the final quarter of the 
year were double of that in the first quarter.

Arbuthnot Specialist Finance Limited (“ASFL”)

ASFL was delayed in starting business due to complications 
in completing the installation of its operating platform.  
Once these were resolved the business fully opened itself to 
receiving proposals from the market. Thus, the business was 
not able to extend any material volumes to customers until 
the fourth quarter of the year. The customer loan balance 
closed at £7.4m.

However, during the year the business received over £600m 
in enquiries from the market, which resulted in £43m of 
applications. This business was shortlisted for the NACFB 
awards in two categories, namely, short term lender of the 
year and Patron of the year.

During the year the banking services provided continued to 
grow. The number of new accounts opened was 56% higher 
than in 2018 and the number of active cards increased by 
10%, as did the value of spend on those cards. Non card 
payments increased by 9.6% and as a result the Bank 
processed over 340,000 transactions with a total value in 
excess of £4.5bn. Over 92% of these transactions were 
instructed via our online banking system.

To facilitate this increase in transactional flow, the online 
banking system was significantly upgraded in October.  
Also, the delivery of Payments Services Directive (PSD2)  
has seen ongoing enhancements to our payments security  
and the delivery of our new Open Banking channel, which 
required further investment and enhancement of our Oracle 
Banking Platform.

The Bank has continued to upgrade the underlying IT 
Infrastructure and Networks, with a phased adoption of 
cloud services and delivery of an upgrade to the Wide Area 
Network. This is helping to further improve the Bank’s 
resilience and security, forming part of the overall investment 
in Cyber Security.

Following on from the launch of the new Arbuthnot Direct 
Business in February 2019, the Bank has continued to invest 
in its digital capability, with the start of a significant multi-
year investment programme in a new Salesforce CRM 
platform. It will enable far greater personalisation of the 
Bank’s offering and a more efficient fulfilment of customers’ 
needs. The initial phase of this programme will be launched 
in the first half of 2020, with further enhancements planned 
later in the year and beyond.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201912

Strategic Report 
Financial Review

Arbuthnot Banking Group adopts a pragmatic approach to risk taking and 
seeks to maximise long term revenues and returns. Given its relative size, it is 
nimble and able to remain entrepreneurial and capable of taking advantage 
of favourable market opportunities when they arise.

The Group provides a range of financial services to clients and 
customers in its chosen markets of Private and Commercial 
Banking, Asset Finance, Asset Based Lending and Specialist 
Finance. The Group’s revenues are derived from a combination 
of net interest income from lending, deposit taking and 
treasury activities, fees for services provided and commission 
earned on assets under management. The Group also earns 
rental income on its investment property and receives dividends 
from financial investments.

The Group has reported a profit before tax on continuing 
operations of £7.0m (2018: £6.8m). This is an increase on the 
prior year of 3%. The underlying profit before tax was £5.8m 
(2018: £4.4m), an increase of 32%.

The Group continues to deploy surplus capital, while also 
building operational scale for future growth by investing in  
IT infrastructure, people and support departments. Once 
again the reported results contain certain one off items that 
need explanation.

Firstly, further investment into Specialist Finance, one of the 
“New Ventures” (Asset Based Lending, Specialist Finance and 
Arbuthnot Direct) mentioned in last year’s Annual Report, 
lowered the reported profits by £1.2m. The start-up costs for 
new staff and operating systems was absorbed by the profit of 
the Group. Encouragingly, Asset Based Lending reached 
profitability by the end of 2019, ahead of management 
expectation. 

Highlights
Summarised Income Statement

Net interest income
Net fee and commission income
Operating income
Other income
Operating expenses
Impairment losses - loans and advances  
to customers
Profit before tax from continuing 
operations
Income tax expense
Profit after tax from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations after tax

Profit/(loss) for the year

Basic earnings per share (pence)  
- Continuing operations
Basic earnings per share (pence)  
- Discontinued operations

2019
£000

2018
£000

58,637
13,828
72,465
5,599
(70,186)
(867)

55,183
12,722
67,905
6,588
(64,982)
(2,731)

7,011

6,780

(835)
6,176
 – 

(1,121)
5,659
(25,692)

6,176

(20,033)

41.2

38.0

 – 

(172.5)

Basic earnings per share (pence)

41.2

(134.5)

Underlying profit reconciliation

31 December 2019

Profit before tax and group 
recharges
Cost of establishing new 
ventures
RAF deferred consideration 
adjustment
Subordinated debt as if from  
1 January 2019*

Arbuthnot
Latham & Co.
£000

Group 
Centre  
£000

Arbuthnot
Banking Group
£000

16,156 (9,145)

7,011

1,208

(1,495)

 – 

 – 

1,208

(1,495)

 – 

(924)

(924)

Underlying profit

15,869 (10,069)

5,800

Underlying basic earnings per share (pence)

32.8

*    Subordinated debt charge accounted for as if from 1 January, rather 

than 3 June (date of issue).

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201913

Secondly, as was the case in the prior year, the results contain 
an adjustment to the predicted future liability for the amount 
payable to the RAF management team. Loan balances 
increased by £17m to £103m, an increase of 20%. However, 
the profit for the year was flat compared to the prior year at 
£1.9m. Accordingly, the liability has been reduced by a 
further £1.5m (2018: £2.6m) and the corresponding amount 
recorded as a one off profit in the Income Statement. The 
earn out agreement comes to an end in 2020.

Finally, on 3 June 2019, the Group completed a private issue 
of a subordinated loan with Proventus Capital Partners, a 
Swedish Debt Fund, raising £25m (before expenses) of Tier 2 
regulatory capital. The loan matures on 3 June 2029, but can 
be repaid early by ABG after the fifth anniversary. As this is 
an ongoing cost for the Group, the full year impact of the 
interest liability is shown in the underlying profit 
reconciliation, reducing the current year by £0.9m and the 
prior year by £2.2m.

The Group has total Basic Earnings per share (“EPS”) of 
41.2p (2018: negative 134.5p) and also continuing EPS of 

41.2p (2018: 38.0p), an increase of 5% or on an underlying 
basis the continuing EPS is 32.8p (2018: 22.7p), an increase 
of 44%.

Total operating income earned by the Group increased by 
7%. The average net margin on lending was 4.5%, down 
from the 4.7% recorded in 2018. The average cost of deposits 
increased by more than 10bps as the market for fixed and 
notice accounts proved to be competitive. Also as announced 
on 3 July 2019, the Group purchased a mortgage portfolio of 
£265m loans, with average yield of 3.6%. The lower yield on 
this portfolio, together with yield compression in the overall 
mortgage market and the higher cost of funding from 
deposits, resulted in the lower net margins compared to 2018. 
Fees and commissions increased by £1.1m to £13.8m, due to 
an increase of £1.2m from ACABL. Assets Under 
Management (“AUM”) increased to £1.1bn (2018: £1.0bn), 
however, the increase was not reflected in the fee and 
commission income for the Private Bank, as poor market 
conditions existed throughout the period, which only started 
to recover towards the end of the year.

Balance Sheet Strength
Summarised Balance Sheet

Assets
Loans and advances to customers
Liquid assets
Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities
Customer deposits
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Equity

Total equity and liabilities

2019
£000

2018
£000

1,599,053
815,126
181,200

1,224,656
802,189
148,328

2,595,379

2,175,173

2,084,903
302,141
2,387,044
208,335

1,714,286
264,931
1,979,217
195,956

2,595,379

2,175,173

Underlying profit reconciliation

31 December 2018

Profit before tax and group 
recharges from continuing 
operations
Cost of establishing new 
ventures
STB dividend income full year  
at 2019 shareholding*
RAF deferred consideration 
adjustment
Subordinated debt charge as if 
applicable from 1 January 
2018**

Arbuthnot
Latham & Co.
£000

Group  
Centre  
£000

Arbuthnot
Banking Group
£000

14,574 (7,794)

6,780

1,579

 – 

1,579

160

641

801

(2,584)

 – 

(2,584)

 – 

(2,188)

(2,188)

Underlying profit

13,729 (9,341)

Underlying basic earnings per share (pence) 
- Continuing operations

Underlying basic earnings per share (pence)

4,388

22.7

(149.8)

*    STB dividend income adjusted, as if received for full year at 2019 

shareholding.

** Ongoing subordinated debt charge accounted for as if applicable from 

1 January 2018.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
14

Strategic Report 
Financial Review continued

The Group’s expense base increased by 8%, which is slightly 
higher than the increase in operating income, however, it does 
include the cost absorbed for Specialist Finance. During the 
year the Group impairment losses decreased to £0.9m (2018: 
£2.7m). In 2018 IFRS 9 was applied for the first time. Since 
then, the Group reviewed the assumptions applied and also 
compared those used by market peers, which resulted in  
some adjusted assumptions being applied in the current  
year. This resulted in a £1.1m reduction for impairments.

Overall the return on equity for the Group was 3.0%  
(2018: 3.0% on continuing basis), which is still distorted by 
the surplus capital. This return when calculated on the capital 
required is 4.3% (2018: 5.6%). The target return on equity 
remains in the mid-teen range when the surplus capital has 
been deployed, the cost income ratio is reduced as the benefits 
of scale are realised by the additional lending, and once Base 
Rate returns to normal levels.

Total assets increased to £2.6bn (2018: £2.2bn), which was 
as a result of our ongoing growth of customer loan balances. 
As mentioned, during the year a £265m mortgage portfolio 
was acquired for cash consideration of £258m. The Group 
maintained its conservative funding policy of relying only  
on retail deposits and targeting a loan to deposit ratio of 
between 65-80%. Included in other assets is the Group’s 
investment property, which is held at fair value of £6.8m. 
Also included in other assets are £75.2m of inventory,  
which include £62.2m of properties previously classified as 
investment property. They were transferred at fair value,  
but now will be accounted for at the lower of cost and net 
realisable value. These properties are being refurbished with  
a view to sell. Other assets and other liabilities also include 
£19.4m and £19.8m respectively relating to right-of-use 
assets and lease liabilities. This is as the result of the 
implementation of IFRS 16 (leases).

Segmental Analysis

The segmental analysis is shown in more detail in Note 44. 
The Group is organised into eight operating segments as 
disclosed below:

1.  Private Banking – Provides traditional private banking 
services as well as offering financial planning and 
investment management services. This segment includes 
Dubai.

2.  Mortgage Portfolios – Acquired mortgage portfolios.

3.  Commercial Banking – Provides bespoke commercial 
banking services and tailored secured lending against 
property investments and other assets.

4.  RAF – Specialist asset finance lender mainly in high value 

cars but also business assets.

5.  ACABL – Provides finance secured on either invoices, 

assets or stock of the borrower.

6.  ASFL – Provides short term secured lending solutions  
to professional and entrepreneurial property investors.

7.  All Other Divisions – All other smaller divisions and 

central costs in Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd  
(Investment property and Central unallocated items)

8.  Group Centre – ABG Group management.

During the year the Group changed the way indirect costs are 
allocated to divisions. Treasury income and expenditure and 
the cost relating to certain support departments are no longer 
allocated out to divisions. This is in accordance with how the 
divisions are managed internally. The Mortgage Portfolios 
were previously included as part of Private Banking. ACABL 
and ASFL are now also reported separately (previously 
included in All Other Divisions). The comparative numbers 
for the divisions have been restated to reflect the new 
allocation method. 

The net assets of the Group now stand at £13.64 per share 
(2018: £12.83). The increase is mainly attributable to the 
£10.2m uplift in the value of the Secure Trust Bank (“STB”) 
shares (held as a financial investment) recorded through 
Other Comprehensive Income.

The analysis presented below, and in the business review, is 
before any consolidation adjustments to reverse the impact  
of the intergroup operating activities and also intergroup 
recharges and is a fair reflection of the way the Directors 
manage the Group.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201915

Private Banking

Private Banking reported a profit before tax of £2.9m (2018: 
£4.6m). This is a decrease of £1.7m or 37%. This decrease is 
largely due to reduced lending and higher losses in Wealth 
Planning, with operating income reducing by 8%. At the end 
of the first half the Wealth Planning business ceased charging 
clients for ongoing annual reviews, instead the planners now 
concentrate on providing event based financial advice and 
thus charge clients for specific advice on a transactional basis.

Increased competition in the retail lending market and 
uncertainty in the macro economic outlook led to lower than 
anticipated loan drawdowns. The Group continues to 
maintain strong discipline in pricing lending risk, as it expects 
the current heightened competition in the retail lending 
markets to pass. 

The Wealth Planning division was loss making as a result of a 
fundamental change in its business proposition and hence its 
charging structure. In July the business ceased charging clients 
for ongoing annual advice reviews and moved to an event 
based model, where clients are charged wealth planning fees 
when they need specific advice. This resulted in £0.4m 
reduced fee income.

The change in strategy to focus the Private Bank on 
identifying and attracting new criteria clients is beginning  
to show results. AUMs closed the year at £1.1bn (2018: 
£1.0bn). Poor market conditions during 2019 only started  
to recover towards the end of the year. As a result, fee and 
commission income remained fairly flat year on year at 
£10.7m (2018: £10.8m).

Costs stayed flat, with a decrease in direct costs offset by an 
increase in indirect costs. The average customer yield was 
4.5% (2018: 4.9%).

As mentioned under the Business Review, there was a change 
in assumptions which resulted in a release of impairments. 
For the Private Banking division, this was just under £0.3m. 
Excluding this release, the impairment charge for the year 
was £0.8m, compared to £2.0m in the prior year. The £1.2m 
decrease relates to higher than normal impairments in the 
prior year as the back book of legacy loans continued to be 
resolved.

The customer loan balances of the Private Bank reduced by 
£26.7m or 4% during the year. The deposits also decreased to 
£1,039m (2018: £1,041m). The average loan to value of the 
Private Banking loans was 54% (2018: 52%).

Mortgage Portfolios

The Mortgage Portfolios reported a profit of £3.3m (2018: 
£1.9m). This is an increase on the prior year of 74%. 

In August the Group completed the purchase of the 
residential mortgage portfolios which added £265m of 
mortgages acquired at a discount of 2.7%. The acquired 
portfolios have average loan to values of 68%. The transition 
of the portfolios took place smoothly and continue to 
perform better than indicated by the models used as part of 
the assessment of the transaction. 

Private Banking
Summarised Income Statement

Mortgage Portfolios
Summarised Income Statement

Net interest income
Net fee and commission income
Operating income
Other income
Operating expenses - direct costs
Operating expenses - indirect costs
Impairment losses - loans and advances  
to customers

2019
£000

2018
£000

25,107
10,687
35,794
 – 
(16,673)
(15,700)
(485)

28,243
10,831
39,074
2
(17,272)
(15,227)
(1,966)

Profit before tax

2,936

4,611

Net interest income
Operating income
Operating expenses - direct costs

Profit before tax

2019
£000

4,113
4,113
(807)

3,306

2018
£000

2,135
2,135
(235)

1,900

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
16

Strategic Report 
Financial Review continued

Commercial Banking

RAF

Renaissance Asset Finance recorded a profit before tax of 
£1.9m (2018: £1.9m), which is flat from the previous year.

The increase in net interest income of £0.6m was offset by an 
increase in costs of £0.4m and higher impairments of £0.3m. 

The customer loan balances increased by 20% to close the year 
at £102.9m (2018: £86m) and the average yield for 2019 was 
9.1%, compared to 9.6% for 2018.

The Commercial Bank generated a profit before tax of £7.3m 
(2018: £2.8m), an increase of £4.5m. This was mainly due to 
a £5m increase in net interest income, as a result of higher 
lending balances in 2019 as well as the full year impact from 
significant growth in loans recorded in the prior year.

The increase in income was partially offset by higher costs. 
Direct costs reduced slightly due to lower staff costs, while 
indirect costs increased in line with the greater significance  
of the business.

As mentioned under the Business Review, there was a change 
in assumptions which resulted in a release of impairments. 
For the Commercial book, this was just over £0.8m. 
Excluding this release, the impairment charge for the year 
was £0.5m, compared to £0.3m in the prior year. The £0.2m 
increase relates to the maturing nature and growing value of 
the loan book and is in line with management expectations. 

The customer loan book closed at £532m (2018: £443m), an 
increase of 20%, while deposits increased by 45% to £824m. 
The average customer loan yield was 4.7% (2018: 4.6%). 

The average loan to value of the Commercial Bank loan 
portfolio was 44% (2018: 50%).

Commercial Banking
Summarised Income Statement

RAF
Summarised Income Statement

Net interest income
Net fee and commission income
Operating income
Operating expenses - direct costs
Operating expenses - indirect costs
Impairment losses - loans and advances  
to customers

2019
£000

2018
£000

20,151
1,114
21,265
(5,237)
(9,075)
320

15,145
727
15,872
(5,536)
(7,258)
(278)

Net interest income
Net fee and commission income
Operating income
Other income
Operating expenses - direct costs
Impairment losses - loans and advances  
to customers

Profit before tax

7,273

2,800

Profit before tax

2019
£000

2018
£000

5,873
207
6,080
64
(3,577)
(708)

5,344
137
5,481
73
(3,169)
(437)

1,859

1,948

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
17

Arbuthnot Commercial Asset Based Lending (“ACABL”)

Arbuthnot Specialist Finance (“ASFL”)

ACABL recorded a £24k profit before tax (2018: loss of 
£1.1m), as the start-up division managed to achieve 
profitability ahead of schedule. 

ASFL recorded a loss before tax of £1.2m (2018: loss of 
£0.3m), as the Group continue to fund the start-up costs for 
this business.

Customer loan balances closed the year at £7.4m (2018: 
£nil).

There was a small write back on impairment losses in the year, 
as part of the review of assumptions applied in the Group’s 
IFRS 9 model, as highlighted earlier in the report. ACABL 
currently only have loans classified as Stage 1, which is where 
the revised assumptions resulted in a credit applied across the 
Group.

Customer loan balances increased threefold to close the year  
at £75.9m (2018: £25.3m), with issued facilities increasing to 
£104m from £43m in 2018.

Arbuthnot Commercial Asset Based Lending (“ACABL”)
Summarised Income Statement

Arbuthnot Specialist Finance (“ASFL”)
Summarised Income Statement

Net interest income
Net fee and commission income
Operating income
Operating expenses - direct costs
Impairment losses - loans and advances  
to customers

2019
£000

2018
£000

1,345
1,377
2,722
(2,708)
10

224
212
436
(1,500)
(50)

Net interest income
Operating income
Operating expenses - direct costs
Impairment losses - loans and advances to 
customers

2019
£000

71
71
(1,275)
(4)

2018
£000

 – 
 – 
(345)
 – 

Loss before tax

(1,208)

(345)

Profit/(loss) before tax

24

(1,114)

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201918

Strategic Report 
Financial Review continued

Other Divisions

Group Centre

The aggregated profit before tax of other divisions was £2.0m 
(2018: £4.8m). 

Reported within the other divisions were Investment Properties 
£0.7m (2018: £1.0m) and central items, which this year 
contains the £1.5m (2018: £2.6m) adjustment to the RAF 
management earn out liability and rental income earned on 
space in our Wilson Street offices of £0.2m (2018: £0.7m).  
The rental income relates to Secure Trust Bank, which moved 
out at the beginning of the year to occupy their own office 
space in the City.

The Group costs increased to £9.1m (2018: £7.8m) mainly due 
to £1.3m of interest costs relating to the subordinated loan 
issued on 3 June 2019 to Proventus Capital Partners for £25m. 

Other income increased by £0.7m, due to dividends received 
from STB. This was due to the fact that the previous year only 
included the interim dividend, after the investment changed 
from an associate to a financial investment.

The increase in other income was offset by an increase in costs 
of £0.8m.

Other Divisions
Summarised Income Statement

Group Centre
Summarised Income Statement

2019
£000

2018
£000

Net interest income
Net fee and commission income
Operating income
Other income
Operating expenses - direct costs

3,738
443
4,181
4,955
(7,170)

4,563
815
5,378
6,683
(7,287)

Net interest income
Subordinated loan stock interest
Operating income
Other income
Operating expenses

Profit before tax

1,966

4,774

Loss before tax

2019
£000

2018
£000

(141)
(1,620)
(1,761)
1,420
(8,804)

(105)
(366)
(471)
760
(8,083)

(9,145)

(7,794)

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201919

Capital

The Group’s capital management policy is focused on 
optimising shareholder value over the long term. There is a 
clear focus on delivering organic growth and ensuring capital 
resources are sufficient to support planned levels of growth. 
The Board regularly reviews the capital position.

The Group, and the individual banking operation, are 
authorised by the Prudential Regulation Authority (“PRA”) 
and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority and the 
Prudential Regulation Authority and are subject to EU 
Capital Requirement Regulation (EU No.575/2013) (“CRR”) 
and the PRA Rulebook for CRR firms. One of the 
requirements for the Group and the individual banking 
operation is that capital resources must be in excess of capital 
requirements at all times. 

In accordance with the EU’s Capital Requirements Directive 
(EU No.36/2013) and the required parameters set out in the 
PRA Rulebook, the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment 
Process (“ICAAP”) is embedded in the risk management 
framework of the Group. The ICAAP identifies and assesses 
the risks to the Group, considers how these risks can be 
mitigated and demonstrates that the Group has sufficient 
resources, after mitigating actions, to withstand all reasonable 
scenarios. 

Not all material risks can be mitigated by capital, but where 
capital is appropriate the Board has adopted a “Pillar 1 plus” 
approach to determine the level of capital the Group needs to 
hold. This method takes the Pillar 1 capital requirement for 
credit, market and operational risk as a starting point, and 
then considers whether each of the calculations delivers a 
sufficient amount of capital to cover risks to which the Group 
is, or could be, exposed. Where the Board considers that the 

Pillar 1 calculations do not adequately cover the risks, an 
additional Pillar 2A capital requirement is applied. The PRA 
will set a Pillar 2A capital requirement in light of the 
calculations included within the ICAAP. The Group’s Total 
Capital Requirement, as issued by the PRA, is the sum of the 
minimum capital requirements under the CRR (Pillar 1) and 
the Pillar 2A requirement.

The ICAAP document will be updated at least annually, or 
more frequently if changes in the business, strategy, nature  
or scale of the Group’s activities or operational environment 
suggest that the current level of capital resources are no 
longer adequate. The ICAAP brings together the management 
framework (i.e. the policies, procedures, strategies, and 
systems that the Group has implemented to identify, manage 
and mitigate its risks) and the financial disciplines of business 
planning and capital management. The Group’s regulated 
entity is also the principal trading subsidiary as detailed in 
Note 43.

The Group’s regulatory capital is divided into two tiers:

•  Common equity Tier 1 (“CET1”), which comprises 

shareholder funds less regulatory deductions for intangible 
assets, including goodwill, deferred tax assets that do not 
arise from temporary differences, and a portion of the 
Group’s non-significant investment in a financial 
institution, Secure Trust Bank (“STB”). The portion of the 
STB investment deducted from CET1 capital is calculated 
in accordance with EU CRR thresholds.

•  Tier 2 comprises qualifying subordinated loans.

Capital ratios are reviewed on a monthly basis to ensure that 
external requirements are adhered to. All regulated trading 
entities have complied with all of the externally imposed 
capital requirements to which they are subject.

Capital ratios

CET1 Capital Instruments*
Deductions
CET1 Capital after Deductions
Tier 2 Capital

Own Funds

CET1 Capital Ratio (CET1 Capital/Total Risk Exposure)

Total Capital Ratio (Own Funds/Total Risk Exposure)

*    Includes year-end verified profit.

2019
£000

2018
£000

219,627
(41,983)
177,644
36,837

214,024
(48,740)
165,284
13,283

214,481

178,567

14.4%

17.3%

15.9%

17.2%

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201920

Strategic Report 
Financial Review continued

Risks and Uncertainties

The Group regards the monitoring and controlling of risks 
and uncertainties as a fundamental part of the management 
process. Consequently, senior management are involved in the 
development of risk management policies and in monitoring 
their application. A detailed description of the risk 
management framework and associated policies is set  
out in note 6.

The principal risks inherent in the Group’s business are 
macroeconomic, strategic, credit, market, liquidity, 
operational, cyber, conduct and regulatory.

Macroeconomic and competitive environment
The Group is exposed to indirect risks that may arise from 
the macroeconomic and competitive environment. 

Coronavirus
The economic environment is currently unstable and difficult 
to predict in the UK. This is also the case on the International 
landscape as many of the developed nations have taken 
unprecedented steps to completely shut down the normal 
functioning of their economies. The impact from the 
coronavirus has already had an adverse effect on the stock 
markets around the world.

The significant business risks that may arise from the 
economic shock in addition to the reduction in interest rates 
as detailed in the Chairman’s Statement are:

•  Increased credit risk as borrowers are unable to continue to 
meet their interest obligations as they fall due. It is also 
currently unclear precisely how the Government’s 
announced package of measures will interact with this clear 
risk. The mortgage payment holiday for three months will 
allow borrowers some grace to return to normal payments 
and may also result in some form of Government 
guarantee, which would possibly reduce this risk to the 
Group. 

•  The uncertainty in the economy could result in a significant 
fall in the collateral values of our security held against the 
loans. The Royal Institute of Charter Surveyors (“RICS”) 
has issued a statement suggesting that any valuations they 
may produce in the current environment would be subject 
to a warning that the values vary significantly. However, 
the average loan to value of our property backed lending 
book is 51.1%, so to have any material impact, this fall in 
collateral values would have to be severe and prolonged. 

•  A prolonged reduction in business activity will affect our 
ability to generate new business opportunities and it is 
highly likely that repayments in our current lending 
portfolios will be greater than new originations, which will 
lead to an overall fall in the Group’s customer lending 
balances and the associated revenue that this generates. 

•  The economic shock could also lead to a fall in valuations 
in the Groups investment properties and those properties 
held in inventory. 

•  As the revenues earned by the Group’s Investment 

Management business are directly linked to the balances 
managed on behalf of our customers, any reduction in these 
values due to market movements will have a corresponding 
impact on these revenues.

Brexit
Despite the decisive result in the General Election, which  
gave a clear mandate to complete the Article 50 withdrawal 
provision, there still remains the uncertainty over the 
transitional arrangements and negotiation of the final trade 
deal relating to Brexit, with the UK due to formally exit from 
the EU rules on 31 December 2020. The Group has tried to 
anticipate the risks that it may face if an economic shock 
arises as a result. It has also examined how business activities 
may be affected if free provision of services cross borders is 
prohibited. The Group’s only overseas operation is in Dubai, 
so the vast majority of the Group’s income and expenditure  
is based in the UK.

Strategic risk
Strategic risk is the risk that may affect the Group’s ability  
to achieve its corporate and strategic objectives. This risk is 
important to the Group as it continues its growth strategy. 
However, the Group seeks to mitigate strategic risk by 
focusing on a sustainable business model which is aligned to 
the Group’s business strategy. Also, the Board of Directors 
meets once a year to hold a two day board meeting to ensure 
that the Group’s strategy is appropriate for the market and 
economy.

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty (borrower) will  
be unable to pay amounts in full when due. This risk exists  
in Arbuthnot Latham, which currently has a loan book of 
£1,599m (2018: £1,225m). The lending portfolio in AL is 
extended to clients, the majority of which is secured against 
cash, property or other high quality assets. Credit risk is 
managed through the Credit Committee of AL.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201921

Market risk
Market risk arises in relation to movements in interest rates, 
currencies and equity markets. The Group’s treasury function 
operates mainly to provide a service to clients and does not 
take significant unmatched positions in any market for its 
own account. As a result, the Group’s exposure to adverse 
movements in interest rates and currencies is limited to 
interest earnings on its free cash and interest rate re-pricing 
mismatches. The Group actively monitors its exposure to 
future changes in interest rates.

Operational risk
Operational risk is the risk that the Group may be exposed  
to financial losses from conducting its business. The Group’s 
exposures to operational risk include its Information 
Technology (“IT”) and Operations platforms. There are 
additional internal controls in these processes that are 
designed to protect the Group from these risks. The Group’s 
overall approach to managing internal control and financial 
reporting is described in the Corporate Governance section  
of the Annual Report. 

The Group is exposed to changes in the market value of 
properties. The current carrying value of Investment Property 
is £6.8m and properties classified as inventory are carried at 
£75.2m. Any changes in the market value of the property will 
be accounted for in the Income Statement for the Investment 
Property and could also impact the carrying value of 
inventory, which is at the lower of cost and net realisable 
value. As a result, it could have a significant impact on the 
profit or loss of the Group.

The Group has a 9.85% interest in STB. This is currently 
recorded in the Group’s balance sheet as a Financial 
Investment. The carrying value is adjusted to market value  
at each balance sheet date, according to the share price of 
STB. Any gains or losses that arise are recorded in Other 
Comprehensive Income.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group, although solvent, 
either does not have sufficient financial resources to enable  
it to meet its obligations as they fall due, or can only secure 
such resources at an excessive cost. The Group takes a 
conservative approach to managing its liquidity profile. Retail 
client deposits and drawings from the Bank of England Term 
Funding Scheme fund the Group. The loan to deposit ratio is 
maintained at a prudent level, and consequently the Group 
maintains a high level of liquidity. The AL Board annually 
approves the Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process 
(“ILAAP”). The Directors model various stress scenarios and 
assess the resultant cash flows in order to evaluate the 
Group’s potential liquidity requirements. The Directors firmly 
believe that sufficient liquid assets are held to enable the 
Group to meet its liabilities in a stressed environment.

Cyber risk

Cyber risk is an increasing risk that the Group is subject to 
within its operational processes. This is the risk that the 
Group is subject to some form of disruption arising from  
an interruption to its IT and data infrastructure. The Group 
regularly test the infrastructure to ensure that it remains 
robust to a range of threats, and has continuity of business 
plans in place including a disaster recovery plan.

Conduct risk
As a financial services provider we face conduct risk, 
including selling products to customers which do not meet 
their needs, failing to deal with customers’ complaints 
effectively, not meeting customers’ expectations, and 
exhibiting behaviours which do not meet market or 
regulatory standards. 

The Group adopts a low risk appetite for any unfair customer 
outcomes. It maintains clear compliance guidelines and 
provides ongoing training to all staff. Periodic spot checks, 
compliance monitoring and internal audits are performed to 
ensure these guidelines are being followed. The Group also 
has insurance policies in place to provide some cover for any 
claims that may arise.

Regulatory risk
Regulatory risk includes the risk that the Group will have 
insufficient capital resources to support the business or does 
not comply with regulatory requirements. The Group adopts 
a conservative approach to managing its capital. The Board 
approves an ICAAP annually, which includes the performance 
of stringent stress tests to ensure that capital resources are 
adequate over a three year horizon. Capital and liquidity 
ratios are regularly monitored against the Board’s approved 
risk appetite as part of the risk management framework.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201922

Strategic Report 
Financial Review continued

Regulatory change also exists as a risk to the Group’s 
business. Notwithstanding the assessments carried out by the 
Group to manage the regulatory risk, it is not possible to 
predict how regulatory and legislative changes may alter and 
impact the business. Significant and unforeseen regulatory 
changes may reduce the Group’s competitive situation and 
lower its profitability.

Stakeholder Engagement and S. 172 (1) Statement

From 2019 directors of public limited companies, such as 
Arbuthnot Banking Group, are required to publish a 
statement explaining how they have performed their duty 
under section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 to have regard 
to a range of factors when making decisions. This section  
of the Strategic Report describes how the Directors have had 
regard to the matters set out in section 172 (1) (a) to (f) and 
forms the Directors’ statement required under section 
414CZA of the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors have acted in a way that they considered, in 
good faith, to be most likely to promote the success of the 
Company for the benefit of its members as a whole, and in 
doing so had regard, amongst other matters, to:

•  the likely consequences of any decision in the long term;

•  the interests of the Company’s employees;

•  the need to foster the Company’s business relationships 

with suppliers, customers and others;

•  the impact of the Company’s operations on the community 

and the environment;

•  the desirability of the Company maintaining a reputation 

for high standards of business conduct; and

•  the need to act fairly as between members of the Company.

The stakeholders we consider in this regard are our 
shareholders, our employees, our customers, our suppliers, 
our regulators and the environment in which we operate.

The Arbuthnot Principles and Values set out on page 1 
explain the Board’s approach to its stakeholders. Details of 
how the Directors had regard to the interests of its key 
stakeholders during the year are set out below, in the Group 
Directors Report on page 28 and in the Corporate 
Governance Report on page 31.

Likely consequences of any decision in the long term

The Directors make their decisions to ensure that long term 
prospects are not sacrificed for short term gains. As an 
example, this was demonstrated in the year by the decision  
to make further significant investment in modern technology 
to grow the Group’s businesses, the cost of which is likely to 
precede the benefits in the Income Statement. A further 
illustration of the balancing of the interests of our 
stakeholders in the long term interest of the Company is 
dividend policy where the Board approved increased 
dividends to shareholders in the context of its decisions  
on capital allocation.

Interests of the Company’s employees 
The Company has fewer than 20 employees, all of whom 
have direct access to Board members. As such, it has not been 
deemed necessary to appoint an employee representative to 
the Board, nor a formal workforce advisory panel, nor a 
designated non-executive Director. As explained in the section 
172 (1) Statement of Arbuthnot Latham, the Company’s 
operating subsidiary, one of that company’s non-executive 
directors and its Whistleblowing Champion, has been 
designated by its board as the director to engage with the 
Group’s workforce. 

The Board receives an update on Human Resource (“HR”) 
matters of AL at each of its meetings. The Employee Survey 
undertaken in the year received high engagement and positive 
responses with 83% of employees proud to work for 
Arbuthnot Latham. To make AL a better place to work, the 
following key themes were identified through the survey 
results and comments: Reward and Recognition; Employee 
Wellbeing; Communication; and IT. Each of these themes has 
been and will be areas of focus. 

The workforce is able to raise concerns in confidence to the 
HR Team, with grievances followed up in line with a specified 
process which satisfies all legal requirements. Additionally, 
there is an anonymous whistleblowing service via an external 
provider. There is also protection for employees deriving from 
the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998. Whistleblowing 
events are notified to the Board and to the applicable 
regulator.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201923

Our people are a vital asset and the Board is committed to 
ensuring all staff are treated fairly and with respect.  
Staff were asked for suggestions on what AL could do to 
demonstrate its commitment to diversity and inclusion.  
A consistent message was to review Maternity/Adoption  
and Paternity Pay, as a consequence of which an enhanced 
policy was implemented and communicated to staff.

Company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers 
and others
The Directors attach great importance to good relations with 
customers and business partners. In particular, our customers 
are central to our business and forging and maintaining client 
relationships are core to the Group’s business and crucial for 
client retention. Our commercial and private bankers are in 
regular contact with them. As clients’ needs and expectations 
are changing, meaningful relationships with their bankers are 
more important than ever. Clients now demand access to their 
bank and relationship managers through a variety of channels 
and expect efficient and streamlined processes supported by 
state of the art technology. Accordingly during 2019 a 
decision was taken to invest in the adoption of modern and 
integrated Client Relationship Management (“CRM”) 
technology with the potential to improve significantly 
front-office operations and help us support our existing and 
new clients better.

The Group is committed to following agreed supplier 
payment terms. There is a Supplier Management Framework 
in place covering governance around the Group’s 
procurement and supplier management activities. For due 
diligence and compliance purposes, suppliers are assessed 
through an external registration system. The Board has 
adopted a Modern Slavery Statement which sets out the steps 
that the Company has taken to give assurance that slavery 
and human trafficking are not taking place in its supply 
chains or any part of its business. 

Other stakeholders include the Group’s regulators, the PRA 
and the FCA, with whom open and continuous dialogue is 
maintained. The Board received and considered feedback, 
following the PRA’s review of the Group’s risk governance, 
the Bank’s ILAAP and the Periodic Summary Meeting.

Impact of the Company’s operations on the community  
and the environment 
As a financial services company our impact on the 
environment is limited. Nevertheless there is growing 
consensus that an orderly transition to a low-carbon economy 
will bring structural adjustments to the global economy 
which will have financial implications, bringing both risks 
and opportunities. Accordingly, in November the Board of 
AL adopted a Climate Change Framework, reflecting the 
PRA’s expectation.

Desirability of the Company maintaining a reputation for 
high standards of business conduct
The Directors believe that the Arbuthnot culture set out in the 
Arbuthnot Principles and Values on page 1 manifests itself at 
Board level and in the external view of the Group as a whole. 
The importance of the Group’s reputation is considered at 
each Board meeting. It was encouraging in this respect when 
the Bank won the City A.M. Bank of the Year Award in 
November 2019.

Acting fairly as between members of the Company
The majority shareholder, Sir Henry Angest, is Chairman and 
CEO of ABG. There is continuing engagement with other 
major shareholders and the Directors make their decisions on 
behalf of all shareholders. As an example, a decision was 
made in March 2019 to recommend to shareholders a bonus 
issue of one new Non-Voting share for every 100 Ordinary 
shares held. As explained in last year’s Annual Report, the 
purpose of the creation of this new class of share was to 
provide us with the means to raise further capital, to continue 
to develop the business and to fund suitable inorganic deals 
should opportunities arise, whilst enabling us to maintain the 
control structure for the benefit of all shareholders. The new 
class of shares was approved by shareholders and the shares 
duly issued to eligible shareholders in May 2019, and the 
Non-Voting shareholders have the right to receive the same 
dividend per share as the Ordinary shareholders.

James Cobb
Group Finance Director 

26 March 2020

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201924

Board 
of Directors

Sir Henry Angest

James Cobb

Andrew Salmon

Nigel Boardman

Ian Dewar

Sir Christopher Meyer

Sir Alan Yarrow 

Nicholas Jennings

Company Secretary

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201925

Sir Henry Angest 

Appointed to the Board in December 1985. 
Sir Henry is the Chairman and Chief Executive and is also 
Chairman of Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited. He gained 
extensive national and international experience as an 
executive of The Dow Chemical Company and Dow Banking 
Corporation. He was previously Chairman of Secure Trust 
Bank PLC and a Director until August 2018, Chairman of  
the Banking Committee of the London Investment Banking 
Association and a Director of the Institute of Directors.  
He is a Past Master of the Worshipful Company of 
International Bankers.

James Cobb FCA 

Joined the Board in November 2008 as Group Finance 
Director. 
He was also appointed Deputy Chief Executive of Arbuthnot 
Latham & Co., Limited in May 2018 and took on the role  
of Finance Director in April 2019. He was previously Deputy 
Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Citigroup’s Global 
Consumer Group in Europe, Middle East and Africa and 
qualified as a Chartered Accountant with Price Waterhouse.

Andrew Salmon FCA 

Appointed a Director in March 2004. 
He joined the Company in 1997 as Head of Business 
Development and is also Chief Operating Officer and since 
July 2018 Chief Executive of Arbuthnot Latham & Co., 
Limited. He was a director of Secure Trust Bank PLC until 
August 2018. He was previously a director of Hambros Bank 
Limited and qualified as a Chartered Accountant with 
KPMG.

Nigel Boardman 

Appointed a Non-Executive Director in June 2019. 
He was a partner at Slaughter and May from 1982 until his 
transition from partner to consultant on 30 April 2019, 
having joined the firm in 1973. Since 1 May 2019, he has 
been a consultant for the firm. Whilst a partner, Nigel’s broad 
practice included domestic and international corporate 
finance, mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures, IPOs, 
demergers, private acquisitions and disposals, private equity, 
public takeovers, issues of compliance and corporate 
governance, investigations and insolvency, restructurings, 
investigations and sports law. Nigel was previously a Vice 
President of Save the Children UK, is a non-executive board 
member at the Department for Business, Energy and 

Industrial Strategy where he chairs the audit, risk and 
assurance committee. He is also Deputy Chairman of the 
British Museum, chair of Hot Spots Movement Ltd, an  
HR consultancy and a director of ABP Holdings, a holding 
company for an Irish based agri-business.

Ian Dewar FCA 

Appointed a Non-Executive Director in August 2015. 
He is Chairman of the Audit Committee. He was a Partner 
for 19 years in the Financial Services Practice of KPMG from 
which he retired in 2012 after 32 years at the firm. He is a 
non-executive director of Brewin Dolphin Holdings PLC.

Sir Christopher Meyer 

Appointed a Non-Executive Director in October 2007. 
He had a distinguished diplomatic career, culminating in 
1997 as Ambassador to the USA. He was previously 
Ambassador to Germany, Press Secretary to Prime Minister 
John Major and from 2003 to 2009 Chairman of the Press 
Complaints Commission. He is also on the International 
Advisory Board of British American Business Inc., 
Distinguished Fellow of the Royal United Services Institute 
and Honorary Fellow of Peterhouse, Cambridge.

Sir Alan Yarrow FCSI (Hon) 

Appointed a Non-Executive Director in June 2016. 
Sir Alan spent 37 years with Dresdner Kleinwort until 2009, 
latterly as Group Vice Chairman and Chairman of the UK 
Bank and then served as Chairman of the Chartered Institute 
for Securities & Investment until October 2018. He is 
Chairman of Turquoise Global Holdings Ltd and a director of 
Institutional Protection Services Ltd. He is also Vice President 
of the Royal Mencap Society, Independent Partnership Advisor 
to James Hambro & Partners and an advisor to Zeamo. Sir 
Alan is an Alderman, Magistrate and HM Lieutenant of the 
City of London, a member of the Court of the Fishmongers’ 
Company, and Liveryman of several other Livery Companies. 
He is a member of the Takeover Appeal Board, the Advisory 
Board of the Commonwealth Investment & Advisory Council. 
Sir Alan was Lord Mayor of the City of London for the year 
2014-15.

Nicholas Jennings FCA 

Appointed Group Company Secretary in July 2018. 
He was previously Company Secretary of Daily Mail  
and General Trust plc and of Close Brothers Group plc.  
He is a Chartered Accountant.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201926

Group 
Directors’ Report

The Directors present their report for the year ended  
31 December 2019.

Business Activities

The principal activities of the Group are banking and 
financial services. The business review and information about 
future developments, key performance indicators and 
principal risks are contained in the Strategic Report on pages 
8 to 23.

Corporate Governance

The Corporate Governance report on pages 30 to 35  
contains information about the Group’s corporate governance 
arrangements, including in relation to the Board’s decision to 
apply the UK Corporate Governance Code, published by the 
Financial Reporting Council (“FRC”) in July 2018, in 
response to a change in the AIM Rules.

Results and Dividends

The results for the year are shown on page 48 of the financial 
statements. The profit after tax for the year of £6.2m (2018: 
loss of £20.0m) is included in reserves. The Directors 
recommend the payment of a second interim dividend in lieu 
of a final dividend of 21p (2018: 20p) per share. This is in 
light of the fact we are currently unable to schedule the AGM 
as previously planned. Together with the interim dividend of 
16p (2018: 15p) paid on 16 August 2019, this makes a total 
dividend per share for the year of 37p (2018: 35p). 

Directors

The names of the Directors of the Company at the date of 
this report, together with biographical details, are given on 
page 25 of this Annual Report. Mr. N.P.G. Boardman was 
appointed to the Board on 3 June 2019. All the other 
Directors listed on those pages were directors of the 
Company throughout the year. 

Mr. Boardman offers himself for election under Article 75  
of the Articles of Association. Mr. A.A. Salmon and Sir Alan 
Yarrow being eligible, offer themselves for re-election under 
Article 78 of the Articles of Association. Mr. Salmon has a 
service agreement terminable on twelve months’ notice.  
Mr. Boardman and Sir Alan Yarrow, independent non-
executive directors, each has a letter of appointment 
terminable on three months’ notice.

Viability Statement

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code,  
the Directors confirm that there is a reasonable expectation 
that the Group will continue to operate and meet its 
liabilities, as they fall due, for the three-year period up to  
31 December 2022. A period of three years has been chosen 
because it is the period covered by the Group’s strategic 
planning cycle and also incorporated in the Internal Capital 
Adequacy Assessment Process (“ICAAP”), which forecasts 
key capital requirements, expected changes in capital 
resources and applies stress testing over that period.

The Directors’ assessment has been made with reference to:

•  the Group’s current position and prospects – please see the 

Financial Review on pages 12 to 23;

•  the Group’s key principles – please see Corporate  

Philosophy on page 1; and

•  the Group’s risk management framework and associated 

policies, as explained in Note 6.

•  the asset classes that the Group is exposed to via its lending 
portfolios, which is almost all secured on property or other 
assets and may have personal guarantees attached.

The Group’s strategy and three-year plan are evaluated and 
approved by the Directors annually. The plan considers the 
Group’s future projections of profitability, cash flows, capital 
requirements and resources, and other key financial and 
regulatory ratios over the period. The Group’s ICAAP is 
embedded in the risk management framework of the Group 
and is subject to ongoing updates and revisions when 
necessary. The ICAAP process is used to stress the capital 
position of the Group over the three year planning period.  
It is updated at least annually as part of the business  
planning process.

The Board have made assessments via a number of economic 
scenarios which have included the impact of the Bank of 
England base rate falling to zero and along with significant 
falls in residential and commercial property values and at the 
same time a substantial fall in equity markets. Also, the Board 
has examined how the limitations of the Group could be 
tested to extremes via a reverse stress test scenario. Given the 
secured nature of the Group’s lending and the modest LTVs 
associated with this lending the Board is satisfied, that after it 
has applied any mitigating actions that are readily available 
to it, such as reducing bonus payouts, altering its dividend 
strategy and reducing its appetite to lend, the Group can 
remain viable over the foreseeable future.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201927

Going Concern

Beneficial Interests - Ordinary shares

After making appropriate enquiries which assessed strategy, 
profitability, funding, risk management (see Note 6 to the 
financial statements) and capital resources (see Note 7), and 
conducting a number of stress scenarios as mentioned above, 
the Directors are satisfied that the Company and the Group 
have adequate resources to continue in operation for the 
foreseeable future. The financial statements are therefore 
prepared on the going concern basis.

Share Capital

In May 2019 shareholders approved a bonus issue of one  
new Non-Voting share for every 100 Ordinary shares.  
The Company now has in issue two classes of shares.  
The new class of Non-Voting shares rank pari passu with  
the Ordinary shares, including the right to receive the same 
dividends as Ordinary shares, except that they do not have 
the right to vote in shareholder meetings.

Authority to Purchase Shares

Shareholders will also be asked to approve a Special 
Resolution renewing the authority of the Directors to make 
market purchases of shares not exceeding 10% of the issued 
Ordinary and Ordinary Non-Voting share capital.  
The Directors will keep the position under review in order  
to maximise the Company’s resources in the best interests  
of shareholders. Details of the resolution renewing this 
authority will be included in the Notice of Meeting. During 
the year the Company issued 3,902 Ordinary Non-Voting 
shares as Treasury shares as part of the bonus issue of shares.  
It subsequently purchased 7,408 Ordinary Non-Voting shares 
as Treasury shares. The maximum number of Treasury shares 
held at any time during the year was 390,274 Ordinary 
shares and 11,310 Ordinary Non-Voting shares of 1p each.

Financial Risk Management

Details of how the Group manages risk are set out in the 
Strategic Report and in Note 6 to the financial statements.

Directors’ Interests

The interests of current Directors and their families in the 
shares of the Company at the dates shown, together with the 
percentage of the current issued share capital held (excluding 
treasury shares), were as follows:

Beneficial Interests

2019

2019

2020

%

1 January 

31 December 

26 March 

Sir Henry Angest

8,351,401

8,351,401

8,351,401

56.1

J.R. Cobb

A.A. Salmon

6,000

51,699

6,000

51,699

6,000

51,699

–

0.3

Beneficial Interests - Ordinary Non-Voting shares

Beneficial Interests

Sir Henry Angest

J.R. Cobb

A.A. Salmon

1 January 

31 December 

26 March 

2019

N/A

N/A

N/A

2019

2020

%

83,513

83,513

59.1

60

516

60

516

–

0.4

Substantial Shareholders

The Company was aware at 9 March 2020 of the following 
substantial holdings in the Ordinary shares of the Company, 
other than those held by one director shown above:

Holder

Liontrust Asset Management
Slater Investments

Mr. R Paston

M&G Investment Management

Unicorn Asset Management

Ordinary 
Shares

1,357,175
585,638

529,130

529,216

484,522

%

9.1
3.9

3.6

3.6

3.3

Significant Contracts

No Director, either during or at the end of the financial year, 
was materially interested in any contract with the Company 
or any of its subsidiaries, which was significant in relation to 
the Group’s business. At 31 December 2019, one Director 
had a loan from Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited 
amounting to £502,000 (2018: £515,000) and four directors 
had deposits with Arbuthnot Latham amounting to 
£3,066,000 (2018: £1,884,000), all on normal commercial 
terms as disclosed in Note 42 of the financial statements. 

Directors’ Indemnities 

The Company’s Articles of Association provide that, subject 
to the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, the Company 
may indemnify any Director or former Director in respect of 
liabilities (and associated costs and expenses) incurred in 
connection with the performance of their duties as a Director 
of the Company or any subsidiary and may purchase and 
maintain insurance against any such liability. The Company 
maintained directors and officers liability insurance 
throughout the year.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201928

Group Directors’  
Report continued

Employee Engagement

The Company gives due consideration to the employment  
of disabled persons and is an equal opportunities employer.  
It also regularly provides employees with information on 
matters of concern to them, consults on decisions likely to 
affect their interests and encourages their involvement in the 
performance of the Company through regular communications 
and in other ways. Further information on employee 
engagement is given in the Strategic Report on pages  
22 and 23.

Engagement with Suppliers, Customers and Others

Information on engagement with suppliers, customers and 
other stakeholders is given in the Strategic Report on page 23, 
under the S. 172 statement.

Political Donations

The Company made political donations of £77,000 to  
the Conservative Party during the year (2018: £6,000). 

Branches outside of the UK

During the year Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited operated 
a branch in Dubai which is regulated by the Dubai Financial 
Services Authority.

Non-adjusting events after the Balance Sheet Date

Details of material post balance sheet events are given in  
Note 47.

Annual General Meeting (“AGM”)

It has not been possible to arrange a date for the AGM,  
due to the restrictions that are currently in place, the meeting  
will be arranged as soon as we are able to do so. At the 
AGM, Ordinary Shareholders will be asked to vote on a 
number of resolutions. The resolutions will be put to the 
shareholders via a Notice of Meeting that will be sent to  
them in due course. 

Auditor

During the year KPMG LLP resigned as auditors to the 
Company and Mazars LLP were appointed by the Directors. 
A resolution for the re-appointment of Mazars LLP as auditor 
will be proposed at the forthcoming AGM in accordance with 
section 489 of the Companies Act 2006.

Disclosure of Information to the Auditor

Each of the persons who are Directors at the date of approval 
of this Annual Report confirm that:

•  so far as each director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; 
and

•  they have taken all the steps they ought to have taken as a 
director to make themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s auditor  
is aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in 
accordance with the provisions of section 418 of the 
Companies Act 2006.

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in Respect of 
the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report and the 
Financial Statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Strategic 
Report, the Directors’ Report and the Financial Statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations. Company 
Law requires the Directors to prepare Group and Parent 
Company Financial Statements for each financial year.  
As required by the AIM Rules of the London Stock Exchange 
and in accordance with the NEX Exchange Growth Market 
– Rules for Issuers, they are required to prepare the Group 
Financial Statements in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as adopted by the 
EU and applicable law and have elected to prepare the Parent 
Company Financial Statements on the same basis.

Financial Statements
Under Company Law the Directors must not approve the 
Financial Statements unless they are satisfied that they give a 
true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and the 
Company and of the Group profit or loss for that period.  
In preparing each of the Group and Parent Company 
Financial Statements, the Directors are required to:

•   select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

•   make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, 

relevant and reliable;

•   state whether they have been prepared in accordance with 

IFRSs as adopted by the EU; 

•   assess the Group and Parent Company’s ability to continue 

as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters 
related to going concern; and

•   use the going concern basis of accounting unless they 

intend either to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company 
or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but 
to do so.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201929

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the 
Parent Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position of the Parent 
Company and enable them to ensure that its Financial 
Statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are 
responsible for such internal control as they determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements 
that are free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error, and have general responsibility for taking such 
steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets 
of the Company and to prevent and detect fraud and other 
irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the corporate and financial information included 
on the Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing 
the preparation and dissemination of Financial Statements 
may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

The Directors confirm that the Annual Report and financial 
statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and 
understandable and provide the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group and Parent Company’s 
position, performance, business model and strategy.

By order of the Board

N D Jennings
Secretary

26 March 2020

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201930

Corporate 
Governance

Introduction and Overview

Arbuthnot Banking Group has a strong and effective 
corporate governance framework. The Board endorses the 
principles of openness, integrity and accountability which 
underlie good governance and takes into account the 
provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code, published 
by the Financial Reporting Council (“FRC”) in July 2018 
(“the Code”), in so far as they are considered applicable to 
and appropriate for it, given its size and circumstances, and 
the role and overall shareholding of its majority shareholder. 
Moreover, the Group contains two subsidiaries authorised to 
undertake regulated business under the Financial Services and 
Markets Act 2000, one of which (Arbuthnot Latham & Co., 
Limited) is regulated by the Prudential Regulatory Authority 
and the Financial Conduct Authority and is an authorised 
deposit-taking business. It in turn has a subsidiary, 
Renaissance Asset Finance Limited, which is regulated by  
the Financial Conduct Authority. Arbuthnot Latham & Co., 
Limited also operates a branch in Dubai, which is regulated 
by the Dubai Financial Services Authority. Accordingly, the 
Group operates to the high standards of corporate 
accountability and regulatory compliance appropriate for 
such a business.

In March 2018, the AIM Rules were amended to require  
AIM companies to state which corporate governance code 
they had decided to apply, how the AIM company complies 
with that code, and where it departs from its chosen code  
an explanation of the reasons for doing so. This information 
is published, as required, on the Company’s website and the 
Company reviews it each year as part of its annual reporting 
cycle. 

The Board decided to report against the UK Corporate 
Governance Code. This section of the Annual Report 
summarises how the Company applies the Code and in broad 
terms how it has complied with its provisions throughout the 
year, giving explanations where it has chosen not to do so. 

The Company is led by the Board which, following a new 
appointment in June 2019, comprises seven members: the 
executive Chairman, two other executive directors, Andrew 
Salmon and James Cobb, and four independent non-executive 
directors who thereby constitute at least half of the Board in 
line with the Code. The Board sets the long term focus and 
customer oriented culture of the Group. The responsibilities 
of Sir Henry Angest as Chairman include leading the Board, 
ensuring its effectiveness in all aspects of its role, ensuring 
effective communication with shareholders, setting the 
Board’s agenda and ensuring that all Directors are encouraged 
to participate fully in the activities and decision-making 
process of the Board.

In 2016 an independent Board Effectiveness Review was 
carried out by an external consultant. In 2017, 2018 and 
again in October 2019 it was determined to carry out the 
annual Board Effectiveness Review internally. The 2019 
evaluation took the form of a confidential questionnaire 
which assessed the performance of the Board and its 
Committees. The questions were set to explore the themes 
developed the previous year, including Board effectiveness, 
Board composition, Board dynamics, alignment of the Board 
and executive team, interaction with major shareholders, 
induction, performance and training, Board Committees and 
the Secretariat. The feedback was collated by the Company 
Secretary and discussed by the Board in November 2019.  
The responses were positive, confirming that the Board was 
of the view that it receives the correct level of insight into and 
oversight of the Company, both directly to it and in terms of 
management information and oral updates provided during 
meetings. Directors also agreed that the Arbuthnot culture set 
out in the Arbuthnot Principles and Values manifests itself at 
Board level and in the external view of the Group as a whole.

The Board

The Board met regularly throughout the year, holding six 
scheduled meetings as well as two ad-hoc meetings 
respectively to consider the acquisition of a mortgage 
portfolio and to approve the appointment of new external 
auditors as well as a two-day off-site strategy meeting. 
Substantive agenda items have briefing papers, which are 
circulated in a timely manner before each meeting.  
The Board ensures that it is supplied with all the information 
that it requires and requests in a form and of a quality to 
fulfil its duties. 

In addition to overseeing the management of the Group, the 
Board has determined certain items which are reserved for 
decision by itself. These matters include approval of the 
Group’s long-term objectives and commercial strategy, 
ensuring a sound system of internal control, risk management 
strategy, approval of major investments, acquisitions and 
disposals, any changes to the capital structure and the overall 
review of corporate governance.

The Company Secretary is responsible for ensuring that the 
Board processes and procedures are appropriately followed 
and support effective decision making. All directors have 
access to the Company Secretary’s advice and services.  
There is an agreed procedure for directors to obtain 
independent professional advice in the course of their duties, 
if necessary, at the Company’s expense.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201931

All directors receive induction training upon joining the 
Board, with individual AIM and NEX Exchange training 
provided by the Company’s Nominated Adviser and 
Corporate Adviser. Regulatory and compliance training is 
provided by the Group Head of Compliance or an external 
firm of lawyers. Risk management training is provided 
(including that in relation to the ICAAP and ILAAP) by the 
AL Chief Risk Officer with an overview of credit and its 
associated risks and mitigation by the AL Chief Credit 
Officer.

Overview of Compliance with the FRC Code, together 
with Exceptions

The Board focuses not only on the provisions of the Code but 
its principles, ensuring as follows:

•  The Company’s purpose, values and strategy as a prudently 
managed organisation align with its culture, with a focus 
on fairness and long-term shareholder returns.

•  The Board has an appropriate combination of executive 
and non-executive directors, who have both requisite 
knowledge and understanding of the business and the time 
to commit to their specific roles.

•  The Board comprises directors with the necessary 

combination of skills to ensure the effective discharge of  
its obligations, with an annual evaluation of the capability 
and effectiveness of each director as well as the Board as  
a composite whole; appropriate succession plans are also  
in place and reviewed annually, or more frequently if 
appropriate. 

•  The Board and Audit Committee monitor the procedures in 
place to ensure the independence and effectiveness of both 
external and internal auditors, and the risk governance 
framework of the Company, with all material matters 
highlighted to the relevant forum (Board/Committee).

•  Remuneration policies and practices are designed to 
support strategy and promote long-term sustainable 
success, with a Remuneration Committee in place to 
oversee director and senior management pay.

In respect of the Code’s specific provisions, an annual  
review is carried out, comparing the Company’s governance 
arrangements and practices against them. Any divergences  
are noted, with relevant rationale considered carefully to 
determine whether it is appropriate. Consideration is also 
given to guidance issued, which may require a review of  
the relevant reasoning intra-year. In line with the FRC’s 
Guidance on Board Effectiveness, the Board additionally 
takes into account its suggestions of good practice when 
applying the Code focusing on the five key principles  
specified in the Code.

Where the Company’s governance does not completely align 
with the Code, it is generally as a result of the role of its 
overall majority shareholder, itself adding a level of 
protection to long-term shareholder interests, and it has  
had no negative impact on the Company.

All divergences from the Code, with an explanation of the 
reasons for doing so are set out below:

Provision 3 - The majority shareholder is Chairman and  
Chief Executive of ABG. Engagement with other major 
shareholders is carried out as appropriate by the Chairman, 
the Group Chief Operating Officer or the Group Finance 
Director. There has been no requirement to date to consult 
with them on matters delegated to Board committees, but if 
appropriate/when requested, this would be arranged.

Provision 5 – The Board has regard to the interests of all its 
key stakeholders in its decision making. The Company has 
fewer than 20 employees, all of whom have direct access to 
Board members. As such, it has not been deemed necessary to 
appoint an employee representative to the Board, nor a 
formal workforce advisory panel, nor a designated non-
executive Director. As stated in the s. 172(1) Statement on 
page 22, one of the non-executive directors of Arbuthnot 
Latham and its Whistleblowing Champion, has been 
designated by its board as the director to engage with the 
Group’s workforce.

Provision 9 - Sir Henry Angest carries out the role of 
Chairman and Chief Executive, given his long-term interest as 
majority shareholder, itself aligning with the interests of other 
shareholders. The Group Chief Operating Officer and the 
Group Finance Director provide a strong, independent 
counterbalance, ensuring challenge and independence from  
a business perspective, against the stakeholder focus of the 
Chairman carrying out his Chairman’s role. The Company 
follows the US model that is very successful in ensuring 
commercial success with strong corporate governance and 
stakeholder awareness, having a shared Chairman and CEO, 
with a separate, empowered, Chief Operating Officer. 

Provision 10 ¬ The Board considers Sir Christopher Meyer  
to be independent, notwithstanding his serving more than 
nine years, since his views and any challenge to executive 
management remain firmly independent.

Provision 12 – The Board has not appointed a Senior 
Independent Director, as major shareholders talk openly  
with the Chairman, the Group Chief Operating Officer  
and the Group Finance Director on request.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201932

Corporate  
Governance continued

Provision 14 – Attendance at meetings is not reported as, 
should a Director be unable to attend a meeting, that Director 
receives relevant papers in the normal manner and relays any 
comments in advance of the meeting to the Chairman.  
The same process applies in respect of the Board Committees.

Provision 18 – For the purposes of stability and continuity, 
the Company continues to offer Directors for re-election on  
a three-year rolling basis in accordance with the Company’s 
Articles of Association and company law. The Directors 
seeking re-election at the 2020 AGM are Mr. Salmon, an 
executive Director, and Sir Alan Yarrow. Mr. Boardman is 
seeking election, having been appointed by the Board during 
the year. The contributions of Mr. Salmon, Sir Alan and  
Mr. Boardman have been invaluable in the successful 
development of the Company. Accordingly, the Board fully 
supports the resolutions for their reappointment.

Provision 19 - Sir Henry Angest’s role as Chairman has 
extended over nine years and is expected to continue 
indefinitely, given his key role as majority shareholder both  
in protecting the stability of his and other shareholder 
interests and in overseeing a balanced and risk-managed 
approach to growing the business with a view to the  
longer-term.

Provision 20 - The Board did not deem it necessary to use 
advertising or an external consultancy in identifying during 
the year Mr. Boardman as a suitable new non-executive 
director with legal expertise, given his credibility, knowledge 
and reputation and his availability following the 
announcement of his retirement from partnership.

Provision 32 – Sir Henry Angest is Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee, as is appropriate in the context  
of his majority shareholding. 

Internal Control and Financial Reporting

The Board of directors has overall responsibility for the 
Group’s system of internal control and for reviewing its 
effectiveness. Such a system is designed to manage rather  
than eliminate risk of failure to achieve business objectives 
and can only provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurance 
against the risk of material misstatement or loss.

The Directors and senior management of the Group review 
and approve the Group’s Risk Management Policy and Risk 
Appetite framework. The Risk Management Policy describes 
and articulates the risk management and risk governance 
framework, methodologies, processes and infrastructure 
required to ensure due attention to all material risks for 
Arbuthnot Latham, including compliance with relevant 
regulatory requirements.

The Risk Appetite framework sets out the Board’s risk 
attitude for the principal risks through a series of qualitative 
statements and quantitative risk tolerance metrics.  
These guide decision-making at all levels of the organisation, 
and form the basis of risk reporting. The key business risks 
and emerging risks are continuously identified, evaluated and 
managed by means of limits and controls at an operational 
level by AL management, and are governed through  
AL Committees.

At its offsite meeting, the Board discussed the principal risks 
pertinent to the Group’s strategic objectives over the three-
year budget period and the operation of the Risk 
Management Framework and Policy in managing and 
providing oversight in relation to them. In November 2019, 
the Board carried out its annual review of the effectiveness of 
the Group’s risk management and internal control systems.

Significant risks identified in connection with the development 
of new activities are subject to consideration by the Board. 
There are well-established budgeting procedures in place and 
reports are presented regularly to the Board detailing the 
results, in relation to Arbuthnot Latham, of each principal 
business unit, variances against budget and prior year, and 
other performance data. The Board receives regular reports 
on any risk matters that need to be brought to its attention, 
enabling it to assess the Group’s emerging and principal risks.

Shareholder Communications

The Company maintains communications via one to one 
meetings as appropriate with its major shareholders and 
makes full use of the AGM to communicate with 
shareholders. The Company aims to present a balanced and 
understandable assessment in all its reports to shareholders, 
its regulators, other stakeholders and the wider public.  
Key announcements and other information can be found  
at www.arbuthnotgroup.com.

Board Committees

The Board has established Audit, Nomination, Remuneration 
and Donations Committees, each with formally delegated 
duties and responsibilities and with written terms of 
reference, which require consideration of the committee’s 
effectiveness. The Board keeps the governance arrangements 
under review. Further information in relation to these 
committees is set out below. The Board maintains direct 
responsibility for issues of Risk without the need for its own 
Risk Committee, since responsibility for large lending 
proposals is a direct responsibility of its subsidiary,  
Arbuthnot Latham. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201933

Audit Committee

Membership and meetings
Membership of the Audit Committee is restricted to non-
executive Directors and comprises Ian Dewar (as Chairman), 
Sir Christopher Meyer and Sir Alan Yarrow. Mr. Dewar has 
recent and relevant financial experience and the Committee  
as a whole has competence relevant to the financial sector in 
which the Company operates. The Company Secretary acts  
as its Secretary. The Committee met five times during the year, 
including one ad-hoc meeting held to consider the outcome  
of the audit tender.

The Audit Committee oversees, on behalf of the Board, 
financial reporting, the appropriateness and effectiveness  
of systems and controls, the work of Internal Audit and the 
arrangements for and effectiveness of the external audit.  
The ultimate responsibility for reviewing and approving the 
Annual Report and Accounts and the Interim Report lies with 
the Board. The Audit Committee also reviews whistleblowing 
arrangements for employees to raise concerns in confidence.

External Audit
During the year the Audit Committee conducted a competitive 
audit tender, as required by the EU Audit Regulation 2014. 
Following this tender, the Committee recommended to the 
Board that Mazars LLP be appointed as auditor in place of 
KPMG LLP who had held office since 2009. The Committee 
assesses the independence and objectivity, qualifications and 
effectiveness of the external auditors on an annual basis as 
well as making a recommendation to the Board on their 
reappointment. The Committee received a report showing the 
level of non-audit services provided by the external auditors 
during the year and members were satisfied that the extent 
and nature of these did not compromise auditor independence. 
The Committee has concluded that Mazars are independent 
and that their audit is effective.

Activity in 2019
Internal Audit
On behalf of the Board, the Audit Committee monitors the 
effectiveness of systems and controls. To this end, Internal 
Audit provides the Audit Committee and the Board with 
detailed independent and objective assurance on the 
effectiveness of governance, risk management and internal 
controls. Since Arbuthnot Latham, the Company’s operating 
subsidiary, has its own Audit Committee, the role of the 
Group Audit Committee is mainly supervisory in relation to 
internal audit matters, though it receives items of material 
note deriving from Arbuthnot Latham’s internal audits, 
including an assessment of culture which forms part of  
every internal audit.

The Audit Committee approves the Internal Audit risk based 
programme of work and monitors progress against the 
annual plan. The Committee reviews Internal Audit resources 
and the arrangements that: ensure Internal Audit faces no 
restrictions or limitations to conducting its work; that it 
continues to have unrestricted access to all personnel and 
information; and that Internal Audit remains objective and 
independent from business management. 

The Head of Internal Audit provides reports on the outcomes 
of Internal Audit work directly to the Committee and the 
Committee monitors progress against actions identified in 
these reports.

The Committee received a Quality Assessment report on 
Internal Audit, carried out by an external assessor, in 
September 2019 and it is satisfied with Internal Audit 
arrangements during 2019.

Integrity of Financial Statements and oversight of  
external audit
The Committee:

•  Received and agreed the Audit Plan prepared by the 

external auditors;

•  Considered and formed a conclusion on the critical 

judgements underpinning the Financial Statements, as 
presented in papers prepared by management. In respect  
of all of these critical judgements, the Committee concluded 
that the treatment in the Financial Statements was 
appropriate;

•  Received reports from the external auditors on the matters 
arising from their work, the key issues and conclusions  
they had reached;

•  The Chairman of the Committee attended, as an observer, 

Audit Committee meetings of Arbuthnot Latham;

•  The Committee monitored the changes to financial 

reporting requirements which came in effect on 1 January 
2019, being IFRS 16, Leases, where it was determined  
to use a modified retrospective approach, as explained  
in Note 2; 

•  It approved a recommendation that the layout of the 
accounting policies within the financial statements be 
amended to integrate them within the relevant note. 

•  In addition the Committee discussed correspondence 

between the Company and the FRC, following review by 
the FRC of the Group’s 2018 Accounts, as a consequence 
of which disclosures have been enhanced in the 2019 
Accounts.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201934

Corporate  
Governance continued

The reports from the external auditors include details of 
internal control matters that they have identified as part of 
the annual statutory financial statements audit. Certain 
aspects of the system of internal control are also subject to 
regulatory supervision, the results of which are monitored 
closely by the Committee and the Board. In addition, the 
Committee receives by exception reports on the ICAAP and 
ILAAP which are key control documents that receive detailed 
consideration by the board of Arbuthnot Latham. 

The Committee approved the terms of engagement and made 
a recommendation to the Board on the remuneration to be 
paid to the external auditors in respect of their audit services.

Significant areas of judgement
The Audit Committee considered the following significant 
issues and accounting judgements in relation to the Financial 
Statements:

Impairment of loans and advances to customers
The Committee reviewed presentations from management 
detailing the provisioning methodology across the Group  
as part of the full year results process. The Committee 
considered and challenged the provisioning methodology 
applied by management, including timing of cash flows, 
valuation and recoverability of supporting collateral on 
impaired assets. The Committee concluded that the 
impairment provisions, including management’s judgements, 
were appropriate. 

The charge for impaired loans and advances totalled £0.9m 
for the year ended 31 December 2019. The disclosures 
relating to impairment provisions are set out in Note 4.1(a)  
to the financial statements.

Effective Interest rate
Interest earned on loans and receivables is recognised using 
the Effective Interest Rate (“EIR”) method. The EIR is 
calculated on the initial recognition of a loan through a 
discounted cash flow model that incorporates fees, costs and 
other premiums or discounts. There have been no changes  
to the EIR accounting policies during the year.

The Committee considered and challenged the EIR 
methodology applied by management and specifically in 
relation to acquired loan portfolios. The Committee 
considered management assumptions including expected 
future customer behaviours and concluded that the EIR 
methodology was appropriate as at 31 December 2019.

The disclosures relating to EIR are set out in Note 4.1(b)  
to the financial statements.

Valuation of Investment Property
The investment property is held at fair value. The Committee 
reviewed and challenged the key assumptions used in the 
valuation of the property including yields and rental income. 
Two other investment properties were transferred to 
inventory during the year. The Committee reviewed the 
appropriateness of this accounting treatment. 

As at 31 December 2019, the Group’s property investment 
portfolio totalled £6.8m, as detailed in Note 30.  
The disclosures relating to the fair value of the investment 
property is set out in Note 4.1(c) to the financial statements.

Inventory
As mentioned above, two investment properties were 
transferred to inventory during the year. These are carried at 
the lower of cost and net realisable value. The Committee 
reviewed the appropriateness of the carrying value.

The disclosures relating to the carrying value of the inventory 
is set out in Note 4.1(d) to the financial statements.

Going Concern and Viability Statement
The financial statements are prepared on the basis that the 
Group and Company are each a going concern. The Audit 
Committee reviewed management’s assessment and is satisfied 
that the going concern basis and assessment of the Group’s 
longer-term viability is appropriate. 

Other Committee activities
In November 2019, Committee members contributed to the 
review of the Committee’s effectiveness as part of its 
evaluation by the Board. There were no issues or concerns 
raised by them in regard to discharging their responsibilities.

On behalf of the Board, the Committee reviewed the financial 
statements as a whole in order to assess whether they were 
fair, balanced and understandable. The Committee discussed 
and challenged the balance and fairness of the overall report 
with the executive directors and also considered the views of 
the external auditor. The Committee was satisfied that the 
Annual Report could be regarded as fair, balanced and 
understandable and proposed that the Board approve the 
Annual Report in that respect.

Nomination Committee

Membership and meetings
The Nomination Committee is chaired by Sir Henry Angest 
and its other members are Sir Christopher Meyer and  
Sir Alan Yarrow. The General Counsel acts as its Secretary. 
The Committee met twice during the year. It is required to 
meet formally at least once per year and otherwise as 
required.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201935

The Committee reviewed succession planning and agreed that 
there was a sensible and strong plan in place. In terms of any 
new hires, it noted that account would be taken of provisions 
in the Board Diversity Policy. The Committee also agreed that 
it continued to operate effectively and, as such, no changes to 
its membership, composition or activities were proposed to 
the Board.

Remuneration Committee

Membership and meetings
Membership is detailed in the Remuneration Report on  
page 36. The Committee met twice during the year. It is 
required to meet formally at least once per year and otherwise 
as required.

The Remuneration Committee assists the Board in 
determining its responsibilities in relation to remuneration 
including, inter alia, in relation to the Company’s policy on 
executive remuneration determining, the individual 
remuneration and benefits package of each of the Executive 
Directors and the fees for Non-Executive Directors.

The Committee also deals with remuneration-related issues 
under the Prudential Regulation Authority’s Remuneration 
Code applicable to the Company. The Remuneration Report 
on pages 36 and 37 gives further information and details of 
each Director’s remuneration.

Donations Committee

Membership and meetings
The Donations Committee is chaired by Sir Henry Angest and 
its other members are Sir Christopher Meyer and Sir Alan 
Yarrow. The Committee met once during the year. 

The Committee considers any political donation or 
expenditure as defined within sections 366 and 367 of the 
Companies Act 2006.

By order of the Board

N D Jennings
Secretary 

26 March 2020

The Nomination Committee assists the Board in discharging 
its responsibilities relating to the composition of the Board. 
The Nomination Committee is responsible for and evaluates 
on a regular basis the balance of skills, experience, 
independence and knowledge on the Board, its size, structure 
and composition, retirements and appointments of additional 
and replacement directors and will make appropriate 
recommendations to the Board on such matters.  
The Nomination Committee also considers succession 
planning, taking into account the skills and expertise that  
will be needed on and beneficial to the Board in the future.

Activity in 2019
During the year, the Nomination Committee was involved  
in the identification, assessment and appointment of an 
additional independent Non-Executive Director. In April 
2019 it met to recommend that Mr. Boardman, a highly-
regarded corporate lawyer, having spent many years as a 
partner of Slaughter and May, be appointed as a director.  
The Committee continually considers the question of diversity 
and had considered for some time that the appointment of a 
legal expert, particularly one of Mr. Boardman’s credibility, 
knowledge and reputation to the Board would be a real 
benefit both in terms of collective and individual suitability, 
but also when third parties are considering dealings with the 
wider group. For this reason, Mr. Boardman was approached 
following the announcement of his retirement from the 
partnership. It was not considered necessary to widen the 
search to comprise other legal experts for the role, given  
Mr. Boardman’s status and profile and so neither advertising 
nor an external consultancy was used for this appointment. 

The Committee reviewed policies on Board Diversity, Board 
Suitability and Board Training and Development. It also 
assessed and confirmed the collective and individual 
suitability of Board members. The contribution of Sir Henry 
Angest remains invaluable in the successful development of 
the Company. As regards the non-executive Directors’ skill 
sets, Ian Dewar, with a wealth of experience as a partner in  
a major accounting firm, has successfully chaired the Audit 
Committee. Sir Christopher Meyer’s wide-ranging experience 
including as a diplomat at the highest level has provided an 
important independent measure of challenge to executive 
management. The Board has benefitted from Sir Alan 
Yarrow’s wise counsel, challenge to management and many 
years’ experience in the City of London. 

In November 2019, the Committee confirmed that the 
Board’s current composition provides the Company with a 
balanced, knowledgeable, diverse and informed group of 
directors, bringing strategic acumen, foresight and challenge 
to the executive, commensurate with the size of the business. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201936

Remuneration 
Report

Remuneration Committee

Activity in 2019

The Remuneration Committee undertook its regular activities 
during the year including reviewing the operation of the 
Remuneration Policy, having regard to the performance of the 
Company during the year, with particular regard to the level 
of discretionary bonus awarded and the level of inflation 
impacting on salaries.

Directors’ Service Contracts

Sir Henry Angest, Mr. Salmon and Mr. Cobb each have 
service contracts terminable at any time on 12 months’ notice 
in writing by either party.

Long Term Incentive Schemes

Grants were made to Messrs Salmon and Cobb on 14 June 
2016 under Phantom Option Scheme introduced on that date, 
to acquire ordinary 1p shares in the Company at 1591p 
exercisable in respect of 50% on or after 15 June 2019 and in 
respect of the remaining 50% on or after 15 June 2021 when 
a cash payment would be made equal to any increase in 
market value. 

Under this Scheme, Mr. Salmon and Mr. Cobb were granted a 
phantom option to acquire 200,000 and 100,000 ordinary 1p 
shares respectively in the Company, which remained 
outstanding at 31 December 2019. The fair value of these 
options at the grant date was £1.0m.

Membership of the Remuneration Committee is limited to 
non-executive directors together with Sir Henry Angest as 
Chairman. The members of the Committee are Sir Henry 
Angest, Sir Christopher Meyer and Sir Alan Yarrow.  
The General Counsel acts as its Secretary. The Committee 
met twice during the year.

The Committee has responsibility for producing 
recommendations on the overall remuneration policy for 
directors for review by the Board and for setting the 
remuneration of individual directors. Members of the 
Committee do not vote on their own remuneration.

Remuneration Policy

The Remuneration Committee determines the remuneration 
of individual directors having regard to the size and nature  
of the business; the importance of attracting, retaining and 
motivating management of the appropriate calibre without 
paying more than is necessary for this purpose; remuneration 
data for comparable positions, in particular the rising 
remuneration packages at challenger banks; the need to align 
the interests of executives with those of shareholders; and an 
appropriate balance between current remuneration and 
longer-term performance-related rewards. The remuneration 
package can comprise a combination of basic annual salary 
and benefits (including pension), a discretionary annual bonus 
award related to the Committee’s assessment of the 
contribution made by the executive during the year and 
longer-term incentives, including executive share options. 
Pension benefits take the form of annual contributions paid 
by the Company to individual money purchase schemes.  
The Remuneration Committee reviews salary levels each year 
based on the performance of the Group during the preceding 
financial period. This review does not necessarily lead to 
increases in salary levels. For the purposes of the FCA 
Remuneration Code, all the provisions of which have been 
implemented, the Group and its subsidiaries are all 
considered to be Tier 3 institutions.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201937

Total
2019
£000

1,293 
1,252 

75 

– 

60 

Total
2018
£000

1,279 
977 

75 

367 

60 

1,859 

1,857 

70 

35

70 

–

Directors’ Emoluments

Fees (including benefits in kind)
Salary payments (including benefits in kind)

Pension contributions

2019
£000

240 
4,334 

70 

2018
£000

205 
4,387 

93 

4,644 

4,685 

Sir Henry Angest
JR Cobb

IA Dewar

IA Henderson (to 31/08/2018)

Sir Christopher Meyer

AA Salmon

Sir Alan Yarrow

Nigel Boardman

Salary
£000

1,200 
650 

–

– 

–

1,200 

 – 

–

Bonus
£000

Benefits
£000

Pension
£000

Fees
£000

–
550 

–

–

–

600 

 – 

–

93 
17 

–

– 

–

24 

 – 

–

 – 
 – 

75 

 – 

60 

 – 

70 

35

–
35 

–

– 

–

35 

 – 

–

70 

3,050 

1,150 

134 

240 

4,644

4,685 

Details of any shares or options held by directors are 
presented on page 36 and 120. 

The emoluments of the Chairman were £1,293,000  
(2018: £1,279,000). The emoluments of the highest paid 
director were £1,859,000 (2018: £1,857,000) including 
pension contributions of £35,000 (2018: £35,000). 

Secure Trust Bank was paid a fee of £36,000 up to  
8 August 2018 for the services of Mr. Lynam rendered  
as a non-executive director. 

Retirement benefits are accruing under money purchase 
schemes for two directors who served during 2019  
(2018: three directors).

Sir Henry Angest
Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee

26 March 2020 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
38

Independent Auditor’s Report
to the members of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC

The impact of uncertainties due to both the COVID-19 
coronavirus and the United Kingdom exiting the European 
Union on our audit
The Directors’ view on the impacts of the COVID-19 
coronavirus and Brexit are disclosed on page 20 and Note 47. 

The full impact following the recent emergence of the global 
coronavirus is still unknown. It is therefore not currently 
possible to evaluate all the potential implications to the 
Group and Parent Company’s trade, customers, suppliers and 
the wider economy. 

The United Kingdom withdrew from the European Union on 
31 January 2020 and entered into an Implementation Period 
which is scheduled to end on 31 December 2020. However 
the terms of the future trade and other relationships with the 
European Union are not yet clear, and it is therefore not 
currently possible to evaluate all the potential implications to 
the Group and Parent Company’s trade, customers, suppliers 
and the wider economy. 

We considered the impacts of Brexit on the Group and Parent 
Company as part of our audit procedures, applying a 
standard firm wide approach in response to the uncertainty 
associated with the Group’s and Parent Company’s future 
prospects and performance. 

However, no audit should be expected to predict the 
unknowable factors or all possible implications for the Group 
and Parent Company and this is particularly the case in 
relation to both COVID-19 coronavirus and Brexit.

Opinion

We have audited the financial statements of Arbuthnot 
Banking Group PLC (the ‘Parent Company’) and its 
subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year ended which comprise: 
the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income; 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position; Company 
Statement of Financial Position; Consolidated Statement of 
Changes in Equity; Company Statement in Changes in Equity; 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows; Company Statement 
of Cash Flows; and, notes to the financial statements, 
including a summary of significant accounting policies.  
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in 
their preparation is applicable law and International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European 
Union and, as regards the Parent Company financial 
statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions  
of the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion: 
•  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the 

state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as 
at 31 December 2019 and of the Group’s profit for the year 
then ended;

•  the Group financial statements have been properly prepared 

in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European 
Union; 

•  the Parent Company financial statements have been 

properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by 
the European Union and as applied in accordance with the 
provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and 

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance 

with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under those standards are further 
described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements section of our report. We are independent 
of the Parent Company in accordance with the ethical 
requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard, 
as applied to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other 
ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is 
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201939

Conclusions relating to going concern
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters 
in relation to which the ISAs (UK) require us to report to you 
where:

•  the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting 

in the preparation of the financial statements is not 
appropriate; or

•  the directors have not disclosed in the financial statements 

any identified material uncertainties that may cast 
significant doubt about the Group’s or the Parent 
Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting for a period of at least twelve months 
from the date when the financial statements are authorised 
for issue.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional 
judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the 
most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) we identified, including those 
which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, 
the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the 
efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed 
in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a 
whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not 
provide a separate opinion on these matters.

We summarize on pages 40 to 43 the key audit matters in 
forming our audit opinion above, together with an overview 
of the principal audit procedures performed to address each 
matter and, where relevant, key observations arising from 
those procedures.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201940

Independent Auditor’s Report
to the members of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC continued

Loan Loss Provisions

Group - £4.8 million; 2018: £6.6 million (See Note 23)

The risk

Credit risk is an inherently judgemental area due to the use of 
subjective assumptions and a high degree of estimation. The 
impairment provision relating to the Group’s loan portfolio 
requires the Directors to make judgements over the ability of 
the Groups’ customers to make future loan repayments. 

The Group adopted IFRS 9 from 1 January 2018. IFRS 9 
requires loan loss provisions to be determined on an Expected 
Credit Loss (“ECL”) basis. 

The largest element of credit risk relates to Loans and 
Advances to Customers where the Bank is exposed to secured 
and unsecured lending to private and commercial clients.

Individual impairment assessments are made for loans 
classified as Stage 3 and 2. This is based on assumptions 
around probability of default and the present value of future 
cash flows arising primarily from the sale or repossession of 
collateral. For loans classified as stage 1 ECL is determined 
through the use of a model.

The model used by the Group to determine expected losses 
requires judgement to the input parameters and assumptions 
as set out in Notes 3.4 and 4.1 of the financial statements.

The most significant areas where we identified greater levels 
of management judgement are:

•  staging of loans and the identification of Significant 

Increase in Credit Risk;

•  key assumptions in the model including probability of 

default (“PD”) and loss given default (“LGD”) including 
the present value of future cash flows from collateral;

•  Use of macro-economic variables reflecting a range of 

future scenarios.

Disclosures regarding the Group’s and Parent Company’s 
measurement and classification of financial instruments held 
under IFRS 9 are key to understanding the key judgements 
and inputs. 

Our response

Controls Testing
We have tested the design and operating effectiveness of the 
key controls operating across the Group in relation to credit 
processes (including underwriting, monitoring, collections 
and provisioning). This also included attendance at a 
Non-Performing Loan Committee meeting, missed payments 
monitoring, credit reviews at origination and annual review, 
watch list movements through the year, and revaluation 
controls.

Test of detail
We have reviewed credit files in order to verify data used in 
the determination of PD and LGD assumptions. This was 
performed for all loans in Stage 3 and Stage 2 and for a 
sample of loans in Stage 1 with characteristics of heightened 
credit risk (e.g. high Loan-to-Value secured exposures and 
unsecured exposures).

Expected Credit Loss Models 
We have assessed the models used by management to 
determine expected loss calculations. We have: 

•  Considered the methodology used by management;

•  Tested the data inputs used in applying the methodology 

adopted and assessed for reasonableness; 

•  Tested the completeness of the loan portfolio applied to  

the model;

•  Tested the process in place to allocate loans to the 

respective risk categories (Staging); 

•  Reviewed the key assumptions applied to determine 

probability of default and loss given default;

•  We have included in-house Credit Risk and Economic 
specialists in the assessment of model approach and 
assumptions.

Disclosures 
We evaluated whether the disclosures are a clear true and fair 
reflection of managements approach to classification and 
measure under IFRS 9 and key assumptions made. 

Planning
We have performed a risk assessment over the Group and 
Parent Company’s loan portfolio to identify areas of 
heightened risk. 

Key observations
We found the approach taken in respect of loan loss 
provisions to be consistent with the requirements of IFRS 9 
and judgements made were reasonable.

We have assessed the methodology of identifying Significant 
Increase in Credit Risk.

Disclosures were appropriate. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201941

Revenue Recognition: Effective Interest Rate 
Group - £76.9 million; 2018: £65.3 million (See Note 8)

The risk

Our response

The financial reporting fraud risk over revenue recognition 
specifically relates to income recognised on an effect interest 
method (EIR) on Loans and Advances to Customers including 
originated and acquired loan portfolios.

The EIR takes into account cash flows that are an integral 
part of the instrument’s yield including: premiums, discounts 
and acquisition costs which are spread over the expected life 
of the loan. 

Models adopted to calculate EIR are prepared manually and 
are therefore have an increased risk of error or fraud.

Judgement is required to determine whether fees are 
recognised as EIR or recognised when a service has been 
performed. 

The most significant areas where we identified greater levels 
of management judgement are:

•  Unwinding of the discount on acquired portfolios where 

estimations are made to adjust expected future cash flows;

•  assumptions over the timing of cash flows used in revenue 

recognition of originated exposures.

Acquired Portfolios
We have assessed the design and tested the operating 
effectiveness of controls in place in the Group relating to 
acquired portfolios and monitoring of expected cash flows 
when determining effective interest. 

We have tested controls in place at service providers where 
acquired portfolios are managed by third parties. 

We have assessed the basis for recognising revenue of 
acquired portfolios against the requirements of IFRS 9.

We have assessed key judgements over expected future cash 
flows including estimations over early repayments and credit 
losses. 

We have performed tests of detail relating to loan information 
and security valuations on a sample of exposures in the 
acquired portfolios. 

Originated Portfolios
We have assessed the design of controls in place over models 
used within the EIR calculation.

We have re-performed model data inputs to identify instances 
of error. Over a sample of instruments we have verified details 
to underlying agreements.

We have assessed the EIR model calculation for compliance 
with IFRS 9. Where approximations have been adopted in the 
EIR model we have assessed impact.

Key observations
We identified discrepancies in the application of EIR 
adjustments in acquired portfolios which were discussed with 
management and the Audit Committee; however we gained 
assurance we required in this area. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201942

Independent Auditor’s Report
to the members of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC continued

Investment Properties

Group - £6.8 million; 2018: £67.1 million (See Note 30)

The risk

Our response

The Group has an accounting policy to hold Investment 
Properties at fair value. 

We have assessed accounting classification of all Investment 
Property and Property Held for Sale held by the Group.

Management engage third party experts to provide 
observations and market data e.g. property rental yields.  
This data is included in models built in-house.

In assessing fair value, either at the balance sheet date or at 
the date of reclassification, we have agreed data inputs in the 
fair value models to source.

The outcome of the model is highly sensitive to assumptions 
made. 

Where there is a change in use and the property developed 
with a view to sell, Investment Properties are reclassified as 
inventory. IAS 40 sets criteria for reclassification which can 
results in misclassification if the criteria is not met.

Where property is reclassified as inventory it is held at cost, 
calculated as being the fair value on date of reclassification 
using the same in-house models 

We have engaged external property valuation specialists as 
audit experts to assist us in our review of the valuation 
approach and assumptions.

Key observations
We found the methodology and approach in assessing fair 
value of Investment Property and Property reclassified as held 
for sale to be in line with IFRS.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201943

Impact of the outbreak of COVID 19 on the assessment of going concern
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis (See Basis of Preparation Page 56)

The risk

Our response

Since the outbreak of COVID 19 in the UK, the Directors 
have considered the impact this could have on the Group’s 
and Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. 

In forming our conclusions over going concern, we evaluated 
whether management’s going concern assessment robustly 
considered impacts arising from COVID-19. 

In performing this assessment, they considered a range of 
stress scenarios which included the impact of reductions in 
the Bank of England base rate to zero per cent, significant 
falls in residential and commercial property values and the 
impact of substantial falls in equity markets could have on 
revenue. Furthermore, reverse stress scenarios were examined 
to understand the limitations of the Group. 

Consideration has also been given to mitigation actions that 
could be implemented such as reducing bonus payments, 
altering dividend strategy and reducing lending appetite. 

The Directors concluded that the Group can remain viable 
and the going concern basis is appropriate.

We reviewed management’s going concern assessment. 

We made enquiries of management to understand the 
potential impact of COVID-19 on the Group and Parent 
Company’s financial performance, business operations, and 
regulatory and liquidity positions. 

We reviewed the Group’s most recent Internal Capital 
Adequacy Assessment Process and Internal Liquidity 
Adequacy Process which contain the results of the company’s 
latest stress tests. 

We challenged key assumptions and substantively re-
performed key calculations.

Our reporting on Going Concern is set out above.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201944

Independent Auditor’s Report
to the members of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC continued

Our application of materiality

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of 
materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for 
materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, 
helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, 
timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual 
financial statement line items and disclosures and in 
evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and 
on the financial statements as a whole. Based on our 
professional judgement, we determined materiality for the 
financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall 
materiality

Group: £1,042,000 
Parent Company: £800,000

How we 
determined it

Group and Parent Company:  
0.5% of Net Assets.

Rationale for 
benchmark 
applied

We selected a Net Assets benchmark 
because the principle activity of the 
Group and Parent Company is the 
investment of capital.

Performance 
materiality

Group: £625,000 
Parent Company: £480,000

Reporting 
threshold

Group: £31,000 
Parent Company: £24,000

An overview of the scope of our audit, including extent 
to which the audit was considered capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and 
assessed the risk of material misstatement in the financial 
statements, whether due to fraud or error, and then designed 
and performed audit procedures responsive to those risks.  
In particular, we looked at where the Directors made 
subjective judgements such as making assumptions on 
significant accounting estimates.

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we 
performed sufficient work to be able to give an opinion on 
the financial statements as a whole. We used the outputs of a 
risk assessment, our understanding of the Group and Parent 
Company, its environment, controls and critical business 
processes, to consider qualitative factors in order to ensure 
that we obtained sufficient coverage across all financial 
statement line items.

Our audit procedures were designed to respond to those 
identified risks, including non-compliance with laws and 
regulations (irregularities) and fraud that are material to the 
financial statements. 

In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in 
respect to irregularities including non-compliance with laws 
and regulations, our procedures included but were not limited 
to:

•  at planning stage, we gained an understanding of the legal 
and regulatory framework applicable to the Group and 
Parent Company, the structure of the Group, the industry 
in which they operate and considered the risk of acts by the 
Group and Parent Company which were contrary to the 
applicable laws and regulations; 

•  during the audit, we focused on areas of laws and 

regulations that could reasonably be expected to have a 
material effect on the financial statements from our general 
commercial and sector experience and through discussions 
with the Directors (as required by auditing standards), from 
inspection of the Group’s regulatory and legal 
correspondence and review of minutes of Directors’ 
meetings in the year. We identified that the principal risks 
of non-compliance with laws and regulations related to 
breaches of regulatory requirements of the Group’s 
regulators, the Prudential Regulatory Authority and the 
Financial Conduct Authority. We also considered those 
other laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the 
preparation of financial statements, such as the Companies 
Act 2006 and UK tax legislation; 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019•  we discussed with the Directors the policies and procedures 
in place regarding compliance with laws and regulations. 
We discussed amongst the engagement team the identified 
laws and regulations, and remained alert to any indications 
of non-compliance.

Our procedures in relation to fraud included but were not 
limited to:

•  inquiries of management whether they have knowledge of 

any actual, suspected or alleged fraud;

•  gaining an understanding of the internal controls 

established to mitigate risk related to fraud;

•  discussion amongst the engagement team regarding risk of 
fraud such as opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of 
financial statements, and determined that the principal  
risks were related to posting manual journal entries to 
manipulate financial performance, management bias 
through judgements and assumptions in significant 
accounting estimates, in particular in relation loan 
impairments, and the effective interest rate method of 
income recognition, and significant one-off or unusual 
transactions; and

•  addressing the risk of fraud through management override 

of controls by performing journal entry testing.

The primary responsibility for the prevention and detection  
of irregularities including fraud rests with both those charged 
with governance and management. As with any audit, there 
remained a risk of non-detection of irregularities, as these 
may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, 
misrepresentations or the override of internal controls.

As a result of our procedures, we did not identify any “Key 
audit matters” relating to irregularities. The risks of material 
misstatement that had the greatest effect on our audit, 
including fraud, are discussed under “Key audit matters” 
within this report. 

45

As a result of the directors’ voluntary reporting on how the 
UK Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”) has been 
applied, we are required to report to you if we have anything 
material to add or draw attention to regarding:

•  the disclosures in the annual report set out on pages 20  
to 22 that describe the principal risks and explain how  
they are being managed or mitigated;

•  the directors’ confirmation set out on page 28 in the annual 
report that they have carried out a robust assessment of the 
principal risks facing the Group, including those that would 
threaten its business model, future performance, solvency 
or liquidity;

•  the directors’ statement set out on page 27 in the financial 

statements about whether the directors considered it 
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting 
in preparing the financial statements and the directors’ 
identification of any material uncertainties to the Group 
and the Parent Company’s ability to continue to do so over 
a period of at least twelve months from the date of 
approval of the financial statements; or

•  the directors’ explanation set out on page 26 in the annual 
report as to how they have assessed the prospects of the 
Group, over what period they have done so and why they 
consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement 
as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the 
Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the period of their 
assessment, including any related disclosures drawing 
attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

As a result of the directors’ voluntary reporting on how the 
Code has been applied, we are required to report on the 
following items in the other information and to report as 
uncorrected material misstatements of the other information 
where we conclude that those items meet the following 
conditions:

•  Fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 29 – the 
statement by the directors that they consider the annual 
report and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, 
balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s 
performance, business model and strategy, is materially 
inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit; or

•  Audit committee reporting set out on pages 33 and 34 –  

the section describing the work of the audit committee does 
not appropriately address matters communicated by us to 
the audit committee.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201946

Independent Auditor’s Report
to the members of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC continued

Other information

The Directors are responsible for the other information.  
The other information comprises the information included  
in the annual report, other than the financial statements and 
our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the financial 
statements does not cover the other information and, except 
to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do 
not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our 
responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing 
so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge 
obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or 
apparent material misstatements, we are required to 
determine whether there is a material misstatement in the 
financial statements or a material misstatement of the other 
information. If, based on the work we have performed, we 
conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies 
Act 2006

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course 
of the audit:

•  the information given in the Strategic Report and the 
Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the 
financial statements are prepared is consistent with the 
financial statements; and

•  the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report have been 

prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report by 
exception

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group 
and the Parent Company and its environment obtained in the 
course of the audit, we have not identified material 
misstatements in the Strategic Report or the Directors’ 
Report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters 
in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to 
report to you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 

Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the Parent Company financial statements are not in 

agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by 

law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations 

we require for our audit.

Responsibilities of Directors

As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities 
statement set out on pages 28 and 29, the directors are 
responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and 
for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for 
such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to 
enable the preparation of financial statements that are free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are 
responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, 
as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either 
intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to 
cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201947

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and  
to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a 
guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs 
(UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it 
exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they 
could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial 
statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting 
Council’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 
This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Use of the audit report

This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members 
as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken 
so that we might state to the Parent Company’s members 
those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s 
report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility 
to anyone other than the Parent Company and the Parent 
Company’s members as a body for our audit work, for this 
report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Greg Simpson
(Senior Statutory Auditor)  
for and on behalf of Mazars LLP, 

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor  
Tower Bridge House, St Katherine’s Dock 
London

Other matters which we are required to address

26 March 2020

Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we 
were appointed by the Board of Directors on 6 December 
2019 to audit the financial statements for the year ending  
31 December 2019. The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement is 1 year, covering the year ending 31 December 
2019.

The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical 
Standard were not provided to the Group or the Parent 
Company and we remain independent of the Group and the 
Parent Company in conducting our audit.

Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report  
to the audit committee.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201948

Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income

Note

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

Interest income

Interest expense
Net interest income

Fee and commission income

Fee and commission expense
Net fee and commission income

Operating income

Net impairment loss on financial assets

Other income

Operating expenses
Profit before tax from continuing operations

Income tax expense
Profit after tax from continuing operations

Loss from discontinued operations after tax

Profit/(loss) for the year

Other comprehensive income

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Changes in fair value of equity investments at fair value through 
other comprehensive income

Tax on other comprehensive income

Other comprehensive income/(loss)for the period, net of tax

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period

Profit attributable to:
Equity holders of the Company

Profit/(loss) for the year

Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Equity holders of the Company

Total comprehensive income/(loss)for the period

Year ended
31 December
2019
£000

Year ended
31 December
2018
£000

76,870 

(18,233)
58,637 

13,935 

(107)
13,828 

72,465 

(867)

5,599 

(70,186)
7,011 

(835)
6,176 

 – 

6,176 

10,707 

(77)

10,630 

16,806 

6,176 

6,176 

16,806 

16,806 

65,290 

(10,107)
55,183 

12,956 

(234)
12,722 

67,905 

(2,731)

6,588 

(64,982)
6,780 

(1,121)
5,659 

(25,692)

(20,033)

(13,893)

(26)

(13,919)

(33,952)

(20,033)

(20,033)

(33,952)

(33,952)

38.0 

(172.5)

(134.5)

38.0 

(172.5)

(134.5)

Earnings per share for profit attributable to the equity holders of the Company during the year (expressed in pence per share):
Basic earnings per share – Continuing operations

16

41.2 

Basic earnings per share – Discontinued operations

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share – Continuing operations

Diluted earnings per share – Discontinued operations

Diluted earnings per share

16

16

16

16

16

 – 

41.2 

41.2 

 – 

41.2 

The notes on pages 56 to 128 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement 
of Financial Position

49

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Assets classified as held for sale
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments
Deferred tax asset
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets

Investment property

Total assets

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital
Retained earnings
Other reserves

Total equity

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Current tax liability
Other liabilities
Lease liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Note

At
31 December
2019
£000

At
31 December
2018
£000

17

18

19

20

21

22

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

37

38

38

31

21

32

33

34

35

325,908
46,258
442,960
7,617
1,804
1,599,053
86,443
30,919
1,815
20,082
5,813
19,944

6,763

2,595,379

154
209,171
(990)

208,335

230,421
319
2,084,903
633
13,500
20,431
36,837

2,387,044

2,595,379

405,325
54,173
342,691
8,002
1,846
1,224,656
12,716
35,351
1,490
16,538
5,304
– 

67,081

2,175,173

153
209,083
(13,280)

195,956

232,675
188
1,714,286
236
18,549
– 
13,283

1,979,217

2,175,173

The financial statements on pages 48 to 128 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of directors on 26 March 2020  
and were signed on its behalf by:

A.A. Salmon
Director

J.R. Cobb
Director

Registered Number: 1954085

The notes on pages 56 to 128 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
50

Company Statement 
of Financial Position

ASSETS
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Financial investments
Current tax asset
Deferred tax asset
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Other assets
Interests in subsidiaries

Total assets

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity
Share capital
Other reserves
Retained earnings

Total equity

LIABILITIES
Current tax liability
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Note

At
31 December
2019
£000

At
31 December
2018
£000

18

19

25

26

27

28

24

43

37

38

38

33

35

15,316 
24,239 
25,913 
– 
391 
5 
184 
115 
134,004 

200,167 

154 
(1,618) 
161,556 

160,092 

175 
3,063 
36,837 

40,075 

200,167 

17,008 
– 
19,313 
52 
113 
6 
208 
42 
134,614 

171,356 

153 
(8,133)
162,729 

154,749 

– 
3,324 
13,283 

16,607 

171,356 

The Company has elected to take the exemption under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present the Parent Company 
profit and loss account. The profit for the Parent Company for the year is presented in the Statement of Changes in Equity.

The financial statements on pages 48 to 128 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of directors on 26 March 2020  
and were signed on its behalf by:

A.A. Salmon 
Director

J.R. Cobb 
Director

Registered Number: 1954085

The notes on pages 56 to 128 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement 
of Changes in Equity

51

Attributable to equity holders of the Group

Share
capital
£000

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£000

Fair value
 reserve
£000

Treasury 
shares
£000

Retained 
earnings
£000

Total
£000

Balance at 31 December 2018

153 

20 

(12,169)

(1,131)

209,083 

195,956 

Total comprehensive income for the period
Profit for 2019

Other comprehensive income, net of tax
Changes in fair value of equity investments at fair value 
through other comprehensive income*
Tax on other comprehensive income

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Unwind Employee Trust
Sale of Secure Trust Bank shares
Issue non-voting shares
Purchase of own shares
Final dividend relating to 2018
Interim dividend relating to 2019

Total contributions by and distributions to owners

Balance at 31 December 2019

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
1 
 – 
 – 
 – 

1 

154 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
(1)
 – 
 – 
 – 

(1)

19 

 – 

 – 

6,176 

6,176 

10,707 
(77)

10,630 

10,630 

 – 
1,744 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

1,744 

205 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
(83)
 – 
 – 

(83)

 – 
 – 

 – 

6,176 

1,083 
(1,744)
(44)
 – 
(2,978)
(2,405)

10,707 
(77)

10,630 

16,806 

1,083 
 – 
(44)
(83)
(2,978)
(2,405)

(6,088)

(4,427)

(1,214)

209,171 

208,335 

*  Mainly relate to movement in STB share price. There is currently no tax implications to the movement as the shareholding still qualifies for significant 

shareholding exemption.

The notes on pages 56 to 128 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
52

Consolidated Statement 
of Changes in Equity continued

Balance at 31 December 2017
IFRS 9 adjustment net of tax

Balance at 1 January 2018

Total comprehensive income for the period
Loss for 2018

Other comprehensive income, net of tax
Changes in fair value of equity investments at fair value 
through other comprehensive income*
Tax on other comprehensive income

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Unwind Employee Trust
Sale of Secure Trust Bank shares
Final dividend relating to 2017
Interim dividend relating to 2018

Total contributions by and distributions to owners

Attributable to equity holders of the Group

Share 
capital
£000

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£000

Fair value
 reserve
£000

Treasury 
shares
£000

Retained 
earnings
£000

Total
£000

153 
 – 

153 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

20 
 – 

20 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

162 
 – 

162 

(1,131)
 – 

237,171 
(2,090)

236,375 
(2,090)

(1,131)

235,081 

234,285 

 – 

 – 

(20,033)

(20,033)

(13,893)
(26)

(13,919)

(13,919)

 – 
1,588 
 – 
 – 

1,588 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

(13,893)
(26)

(13,919)

(20,033)

(33,952)

685 
(1,588)
(2,829)
(2,233)

685 
 – 
(2,829)
(2,233)

(5,965)

(4,377)

Balance at 31 December 2018

153 

20 

(12,169)

(1,131)

209,083 

195,956 

*  Mainly relate to movement in STB share price. There is currently no tax implications to the movement as the shareholding still qualifies for significant 

shareholding exemption.

The notes on pages 56 to 128 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Statement 
of Changes in Equity

Balance at 1 January 2018

Total comprehensive income for the period
Profit for 2018

Other comprehensive income, net of income tax
Changes in fair value of equity investments at fair value 
through other comprehensive income*

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Equity settled share based payment transactions
Sale of Secure Trust Bank shares
Transfer of Secure Trust Bank shares to AL
Final dividend relating to 2017
Interim dividend relating to 2018

Total contributions by and distributions to owners

Balance at 31 December 2018

Total comprehensive income for the period
Profit for 2019

Other comprehensive income, net of income tax
Changes in fair value of equity investments at fair value 
through other comprehensive income*

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Unwind Employee Trust
Issue of non-voting shares
Purchase of own shares
Final dividend relating to 2018
Interim dividend relating to 2019

Total contributions by and distributions to owners

Balance at 31 December 2019

53

Attributable to equity holders of the Company 

Share
capital
£000

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£000

153 

20 

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

153 

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
1 
 – 
 – 
 – 

1 

154 

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

20 

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
(1)
 – 
 – 
 – 

(1)

19 

Fair value
 reserve
£000

Treasury 
shares
£000

Retained 
earnings
£000

Total
£000

 – 

 – 

– 

(10,624)

(10,624)

(10,624)

 – 
1,588 
2,014 
 – 
 – 

3,602 

(1,131)

124,659 

123,701 

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

46,049 

46,049 

– 

 – 

 – 

– 

(10,624)

(10,624)

46,049 

35,425 

685 
(1,588)
(2,014)
(2,829)
(2,233)

685 
 – 
 – 
(2,829)
(2,233)

(7,979)

(4,377)

(7,022)

(1,131)

162,729 

154,749 

 – 

– 

6,599 

6,599 

6,599 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
(83)
 – 
 – 

(83)

3,170 

3,170 

– 

 – 

 – 

3,170 

1,083 
(43)
 – 
(2,978)
(2,405)

– 

6,599 

6,599 

9,769 

1,083 
(43)
(83)
(2,978)
(2,405)

(4,343)

(4,426)

(423)

(1,214)

161,556 

160,092 

*   Mainly relate to movement in STB share price. There is currently no tax implications to the movement as the shareholding still qualifies for significant 

shareholding exemption.

The notes on pages 56 to 128 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
54

Consolidated Statement 
of Cash Flows

Note

Year ended 
31 December
2019
£000

Year ended 
31 December
2018
£000

Cash flows from operating activities
Interest received
Interest paid
Fees and commissions received
Other income
Cash payments to employees and suppliers
Taxation paid

Cash flows from operating profits before changes in operating assets 
and liabilities
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
– net decrease/(increase) in derivative financial instruments
– net increase in loans and advances to customers
– net (increase)/decrease in other assets
– net increase in amounts due to customers
– net (decrease)/increase in other liabilities

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of financial investments
Disposal of financial investments
Purchase of computer software
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of investment property
Purchase of debt securities
Proceeds from redemption of debt securities

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Issue subordinated debt
(Decrease)/Increase in borrowings
Dividends paid

Net cash inflow from financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

27

28

28

30

41

63,500 
(15,088)
13,757 
5,599 
(63,887)
(841)

3,040 

173 
(372,612)
(10,123)
370,617 
(5,049)

(13,954)

(182)
15,330 
(5,552)
(1,950)
 – 
(2,901)
(815,223)
719,737 

(90,741)

25,000 
(2,254)
(5,383)

17,363 

(87,332)
459,498 

372,166 

73,879 
(8,290)
13,669 
6,588 
(84,216)
(1,217)

413 

(38)
(180,600)
4,758 
323,505 
2,310 

150,348 

 – 
9,301 
(2,294)
(2,482)
97 
(879)
(467,772)
356,883 

(107,146)

 – 
37,578 
(5,062)

32,516 

75,718 
383,780 

459,498 

The notes on pages 56 to 128 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Statement 
of Cash Flows

55

Note

Year ended 
31 December
2019
£000

Year ended 
31 December
2018
£000

Cash flows from operating activities
Dividends received from subsidiaries
Interest received
Interest paid
Other income
Cash payments to employees and suppliers
Taxation paid

Cash flows from operating profits before changes in operating 
assets and liabilities
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 – net (increase)/decrease in group company balances
 – net increase in other assets
 – net increase in other liabilities

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Increase investment in subsidiary
Issue of subordinated debt to Arbuthnot Latham
Disposal of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Purchase of treasury shares
Issue subordinated debt
Dividends paid

Net cash used in financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

43

28

41

3,766 
65 
(1,829)
10,605 
(8,129)
(370)

4,108 

(742)
(73)
481 

3,774 

 – 
(25,000)
 – 
 – 

(25,000)

(83)
25,000 
(5,383)

19,534 

(1,692)
17,008 

15,316 

3,056 
84 
(559)
52,260 
(50,316)
(402)

4,123 

155 
(1)
187 

4,464 

(18,500)
 – 
97 
(94)

(18,497)

 – 
 – 
(5,062)

(5,062)

(19,095)
36,103 

17,008 

The notes on pages 56 to 128 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
56

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements

1. Reporting entity

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC is a company domiciled in the United Kingdom. The registered address of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC 
is 7 Wilson Street, London, EC2M 2SN. The consolidated financial statements of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC as at and for the year 
ended 31 December 2019 comprise Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the “Group” and 
individually as “subsidiaries”). The Company is the holding company of a group primarily involved in banking and financial services.

2. Basis of preparation

(a) Statement of compliance
The Group’s consolidated financial statements and the Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as adopted and endorsed by the EU and the Companies Act 2006 applicable to 
companies reporting under IFRS. 

The consolidated financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 26 March 2020.

(b) Basis of measurement
The consolidated and company financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by investment 
property and derivatives, financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss or other comprehensive income.

(c) Functional and presentational currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates (“the functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements are presented in Pounds 
Sterling, which is the Company’s functional and the Group’s presentational currency.

(d) Use of estimates and judgements 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also 
requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher 
degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements 
are disclosed in Note 4.

(e) Going concern
After making appropriate enquiries which assessed strategy, profitability, funding, risk management (see Note 6) and capital resources 
(see Note 7), the directors are satisfied that the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue in operation for the 
foreseeable future. The financial statements are therefore prepared on the going concern basis.

(f) Accounting developments
The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year, except for the following:

IFRS 16 ‘Leases’
The Group has adopted IFRS 16 under the modified retrospective transition approach from 1 January 2019 and has not restated 
comparatives for the 2018 reporting period, as permitted under the specific transitional provisions in the standard. The Group’s 
accounting as a lessor under IFRS 16 is substantially unchanged from its approach under IAS 17. However, for lessee accounting there 
is no longer a distinction between finance and operating leases. The total impact of IFRS 16 over the life of a lease will be neutral on 
the income statement, however, its implementation will result in a higher charge in the earlier years following implementation with a 
lower charge in later years.

On adoption of IFRS 16, the Group recognised a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability in relation to leases, which had 
previously been classified as ‘operating leases’ under the principles of IAS 17 Leases. 

These liabilities were measured at present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing 
rate as of 1 January 2019. The Group has calculated an incremental borrowing rate for each individual lease and only used a single 
incremental borrowing rate where the leases shared reasonably similar characteristics. The aggregate of the Group’s leases equates to a 
weighted incremental borrowing rate of 4.8%.

The associated right-of-use assets were measured at the amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or 
accrued lease payments relating to that lease recognised in the Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December 2018. There were no 
onerous lease contracts that would have required an adjustment to the right-of-use assets at the date of initial application. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019The recognised right-of-use assets relate to the following types of assets:

Group

Investment properties
Properties

Total right-of-use assets

Lease liability:

Group

Operating lease commitment as at 31 December 2018
Discount using the incremental borrowing rate at 1 January 2019
Investment property finance leases
Exemption for leases with terms less than 12 months at transition

Total lease liability as at 1 January 2019

57

1 January
2019
£000

8,108 
14,036 

 22,144

£000

16,654
(1,906)
8,108 
(124)

22,732

There was no impact to retained earnings due to the modified retrospective approach being used.

Practical expedients 
In applying IFRS 16 for the first time, the Group has used the following practical expedients permitted by the Standard:

•  the use of a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics;

•  reliance on previous assessments on whether leases are onerous immediately before 1 January 2019 as an alternative to performing 

an impairment review of the right-of-use asset;

•  the accounting for operating leases with a remaining lease term of less than 12 months as at 1 January 2019 as short-term leases;

•  low-value assets where the value of the underlying asset is less than £5,000;

•  the exclusion of initial direct costs for the measurement of the right-of-use asset immediately before 1 January 2019; and 

•  the use of hindsight in determining the lease term where the contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease.

The Group has also elected not to reassess whether a contract is, or contains a lease at the date of initial application. Instead, for 
contracts entered into before the transition date the Group relied on its assessment made applying IAS 17 and IFRS 4 Determining 
whether an Arrangement contains a Lease.

The Group’s leasing activities 
The Group has leasehold investment property, offices and equipment all under operating leases. Rental contracts are typically made for 
fixed periods but may have extension or termination options. Extension and termination options are included in a number of property 
and equipment leases across the Group. These terms are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing contracts.  
The extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor.

Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions. The lease agreements do 
not impose any covenants, but leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.

Until the 2018 financial year, leases of investment property and property, plant and equipment were classified as operating leases. 
Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) were charged to profit or loss on a straight-line 
basis over the period of the lease. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201958

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

2. Basis of preparation (continued)

From 1 January 2019, leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is 
available for use by the Group. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to 
profit or loss over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each 
period. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis.

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of 
the following lease payments:

•  fixed payments less any lease incentives receivable;

•  the exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that option; and

•  payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee exercising that option.

The lease payments are discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate, being the rate that the Group would have to pay to 
borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value in a similar economic environment with similar terms and conditions. 

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:

•  the amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability;

•  any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received; and

•  any restoration costs payable. 

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit 
or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. 

3. Significant accounting policies

The accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have 
been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

3.1. Consolidation
(a) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all investees (including special purpose entities) controlled by the Group. The Group controls an investee when it is 
exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its 
power over the investee. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are 
de-consolidated from the date that control ceases.

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group. The cost of an acquisition is 
measured as the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of exchange. 
Identifiable assets acquired, liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair 
values at the acquisition date, irrespective of the extent of any non-controlling interest. The excess of the cost of acquisition over the 
fair value of the Group’s shares of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If the cost of acquisition is less than the 
fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognised directly in the Statement of Comprehensive Income as 
a gain on bargain purchase. Contingent consideration related to an acquisition is initially recognised at the date of acquisition as part 
of the consideration transferred, measured at its acquisition date fair value and recognised as a liability. The fair value of a contingent 
consideration liability recognised on acquisition is remeasured at key reporting dates until it is settled, changes in fair value are 
recognised in the profit or loss.

The Company’s investments in subsidiaries are recorded at cost less, where appropriate, provisions for impairment in value. 

Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses 
are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies 
adopted by the Group.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201959

(b) Changes in ownership and non-controlling interests
Changes in ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in the loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions and no gain 
or loss is recognised. Adjustments to non-controlling interests are based on a proportionate amount of the net assets of the subsidiary.

When control of a subsidiary is lost, the Group derecognises the assets, liabilities, non-controlling interest and all other components of 
equity relating to the former subsidiary from the consolidated statement of financial position. Any resulting gain or loss is recognised 
in profit or loss. Any investment retained in the former subsidiary is recognised at its fair value at the date when control is lost.

(c) Special purpose entities
Special purpose entities (“SPEs”) are entities that are created to accomplish a narrow and well-defined objective such as the 
securitisation of particular assets or the execution of a specific borrowing or lending transaction. SPEs are consolidated when the 
investor controls the investee. The investor would only control the investee if it had all of the following:

•  power over the investee;

•  exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

•  the ability to use its power over the investee to affect the amount of the investor’s returns.

The assessment of whether the Group has control over an SPE is carried out at inception and the initial assessment is only reconsidered 
at a later date if there were any changes to the structure or terms of the SPE, or there were additional transactions between the Group 
and the SPE.

3.2. Foreign currency translation
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the spot exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the 
transactions or valuation where items are remeasured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such 
transactions and from the translation at year end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies 
are recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income. Foreign exchange differences arising from translation of equity instruments, 
where an election has been made to present subsequent fair value changes in Other Comprehensive Income (“OCI”), will also be 
recognised in OCI.

3.3. Financial assets and financial liabilities
IFRS 9 requires financial assets and liabilities to be measured at amortised cost, fair value through other comprehensive income 
(“FVOCI”) or fair value through the profit and loss (“FVPL”). Liabilities are measured at amortised cost or FVPL. The Group 
classifies financial assets and financial liabilities in the following categories: financial assets and financial liabilities at FVPL,  
FVOCI and financial assets and liabilities at amortised cost. Management determines the classification of its financial instruments  
at initial recognition. 

A financial asset or financial liability is measured initially at fair value plus, transaction costs that are directly attributable to its 
acquisition or issue with the exception of financial assets at FVPL where these costs are charged to the income statement.

(a) Financial instruments measured at amortised cost
Financial assets that are held to collect contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and 
interest are measured at amortised cost. A basic lending arrangement results in contractual cash flows that are solely payments of 
principal and interest (“SPPI”) on the principal amount outstanding. Financial assets measured at amortised cost are predominantly 
loans and advances and debt securities. 

Loans and advances
Loans and advances are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. 
They arise when the Group provides money, goods or services directly to a debtor with no intention of trading the receivable and the 
SPPI criteria are met. Loans are recognised when cash is advanced to the borrowers inclusive of transaction costs. Loans and advances, 
other than those relating to assets leased to customers, are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

Debt securities at amortised cost
Debt securities at amortised cost are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturities that the 
Group has determined meets the SPPI criteria. Debt security investments are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate 
method, less any impairment loss.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201960

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

(b) Financial assets and financial liabilities at FVPL 
Financial assets and liabilities are classified at FVPL where they do not meet the criteria to be measured at amortised cost or FVOCI or 
where financial assets are designated at FVPL to reduce an accounting mismatch. They are measured at fair value in the Statement of 
Financial Position, with fair value gains/losses recognised in the income statement.

Financial assets that are held for trading or managed within a business model that is evaluated on a fair value basis are measured at FVPL, 
because the business objective is neither hold-to-collect contractual cash flows nor hold-to-collect-and-sell contractual cash flows.

This category comprises derivative financial instruments and financial investments. Derivative financial instruments utilised by the 
Group include structured notes and derivatives used for hedging purposes. 

Financial assets and liabilities at FVPL are initially recognised on the date from which the Group becomes a party to the contractual 
provisions of the instrument, including any acquisition costs. Subsequent measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities held 
in this category are carried at FVPL until the investment is sold.

(c) Financial instruments at FVOCI
These include investments in special purpose vehicles and equity investments. They may be sold in response to liquidity requirements, 
interest rate, exchange rate or equity price movements. Financial investments are initially recognised at cost, which is considered as the 
fair value of the investment including any acquisition costs. The securities are subsequently measured at fair value in the Statement of 
Financial Position. 

Fair value changes in the securities are recognised directly in equity (OCI). 

A debt instrument is measured at fair value through OCI if it meets both of the following conditions:

•  the asset is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets; and

•  the contractual terms of the financial asset meet the SPPI criterion.

There is a rebuttable presumption that all equity investments are FVPL, however, on initial recognition the Group may make an 
irrevocable election to present the fair value movement of equity investments that are not held for trading within OCI. The election can 
be made on an instrument by instrument basis.

For debt instruments, changes in fair value are recognised in OCI. The assets are subject to impairment testing under IFRS 9 and a loss 
allowance provision is recognised for such assets. The portion of changes in fair value which reflect ECL shall be taken to the profit or 
loss.

For equity instruments, there are no reclassifications of gains and losses to the profit or loss statement on derecognition and no 
impairment recognised in the profit or loss. Equity fair value movements are not reclassified from OCI under any circumstances.

(d) Financial guarantees and loan commitments
Financial guarantees represent undertakings that the Group will meet a customer’s obligation to third parties if the customer fails to do 
so. Commitments to extend credit represent unused portions of authorisations to extend credit in the form of loans, guarantees or 
letters of credit. The Group is exposed to loss in an amount equal to the total guarantees or unused commitments, however, the likely 
amount of loss is expected to be significantly less; most commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining 
specific credit standards, where the amount of loss exceeds the total unused commitments an ECL is recognised. Liabilities under 
financial guarantee contracts are initially recorded at their fair value, and the initial fair value is amortised over the life of the financial 
guarantee. Subsequently, the financial guarantee liabilities are measured at the higher of the initial fair value, less cumulative 
amortisation, and the ECL of the obligations.

(e) Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Financial liabilities at amortised cost are non-derivative financial liabilities with fixed or determinable payments. These liabilities  
are recognised when cash is received from the depositors and carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.  
The fair value of these liabilities repayable on demand is assumed to be the amount payable on demand at the Statement of Financial 
Position date.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201961

Basis of measurement for financial assets and liabilities
Amortised cost measurement
The amortised cost of a financial asset or financial liability is the amount at which the financial asset or financial liability is measured 
at initial recognition, minus principal payments, plus or minus the cumulative amortisation using the effective interest rate method of 
any difference between the initial amount recognised and the maturity amount, less any reduction for impairment.

Fair value measurement
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market 
participants at the measurement date. 

When available, the Group measures the fair value of an instrument using quoted prices in an active market for that instrument.  
A market is regarded as active if quoted prices are readily and regularly available and represent actual and regularly occurring market 
transactions on an arm’s length basis.

If a market for a financial instrument is not active, the Group establishes fair value using a valuation technique. These include the use 
of recent arm’s length transactions, reference to other instruments that are substantially the same for which market observable prices 
exist, net present value and discounted cash flow analysis. 

Derecognition
Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or when the Group has 
transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. Any interest in transferred financial assets that qualify for derecognition 
that is created or retained by the Group is recognised as a separate asset or liability in the Statement of Financial Position.  
In transactions in which the Group neither retains nor transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a financial asset 
and it retains control over the asset, the Group continues to recognise the asset to the extent of its continuing involvement, determined 
by the extent to which it is exposed to changes in the value of the transferred asset. There have not been any instances where assets 
have only been partially derecognised.

The Group derecognises a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled, expire, are modified or exchanged.

Offsetting
Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the Statement of Financial Position when, and only 
when, the Group currently has a legally enforceable right to set off the amounts and it intends either to settle them on a net basis or to 
realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Income and expenses are presented on a net basis only when permitted under IFRS, or for gains and losses arising from a group of 
similar transactions such as the Group’s trading activity.

3.4 Impairment for financial assets and liabilities
IFRS 9 impairment model adopts a three stage expected credit loss (“ECL”) approach based on the extent of credit deterioration  
since origination. 

The three stages under IFRS 9 are as follows:

•  Stage 1 – entities are required to recognise a loss allowance for financial assets at an amount equal to 12 months credit losses, where 

there is no indication of significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition and are not credit impaired.

•  Stage 2 – a lifetime loss allowance is held for financial assets where a significant increase in credit risk has been identified since initial 
recognition for financial assets that are not credit impaired. The assessment of whether credit risk has increased significantly since 
initial recognition is performed for each reporting period for the life of the loan.

•  Stage 3 – a lifetime ECL allowance is required for financial assets that are credit impaired at the reporting date.

Measurement of ECL
The assessment of credit risk and the estimation of ECL are unbiased and probability weighted. ECL is measured on either a 12 month 
(Stage 1) or lifetime (Stage 2) basis depending on whether a significant increase in credit risk has occurred since initial recognition or 
where an account meets the Group’s definition of default (Stage 3).

The ECL calculation is a product of an individual loan’s probability of default (“PD”), exposure at default (“EAD”) and loss given 
default (“LGD”) discounted at the effective interest rate (“EIR”).

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201962

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

Significant increase in credit risk (“SICR”) (movement to Stage 2)
The Group’s transfer criteria determines what constitutes a significant increase in credit risk, which results in a financial asset being 
moved from Stage 1 to Stage 2. The Group has determined that a significant increase in credit risk arises when an individual borrower 
is more than 30 days past due or if forbearance measures have been put in place.

The Group monitors the ongoing appropriateness of the transfer criteria, where any proposed amendments will be reviewed and 
approved by the Group’s Credit Committees at least annually and more frequently if required.

A borrower will move back into Stage 1 conditional upon both a minimum of 6 months’ good account conduct and the improvement 
of the Client’s situation to the extent that the probability of default has receded sufficiently and a full repayment of the loan, without 
recourse to the collateral, is likely.

Definition of default (movement to Stage 3)
The Group uses a number of qualitative and quantitative criteria to determine whether an account meets the definition of default and 
as a result moves into Stage 3. The criteria are as follows:

•  The rebuttable assumption that more than 90 days past due is an indicator of default. The Group therefore deems more than 90 days 
past due as an indicator of default except for cases where the customer is already within forbearance. This will ensure that the policy 
is aligned with the Basel/Regulatory definition of default.

•  The Group has also deemed it appropriate to classify accounts in default where there has been a breach in agreed forbearance 

arrangements, recovery action is in hand or bankruptcy proceedings or similar insolvency processes were initiated against a client,  
or director of a company.

A borrower will move out of Stage 3 when their credit risk improves such that they are no longer past due and remain up to date for 
an internally approved period.

Forward looking macroeconomic scenarios
IFRS 9 requires the entity to consider the risk of default and impairment loss taking into account expectations of economic changes 
that are reasonable.

The Group uses a bespoke macroeconomic model to determine the most significant factors which may influence the likelihood of an 
exposure defaulting in the future. At present, the most significant macroeconomic factor relates to property prices. The Group 
currently consider five probability weighted scenarios. The model adopts five probability weighted scenarios: severe decline, moderate 
decline, decline, no change and growth. The Group has derived an approach for factoring probability weighted macroeconomic 
forecasts into ECL calculations, adjusting PD and LGD estimates. 

Expected life 
IFRS 9 requires lifetime expected credit losses to be measured over the expected life. Currently the Group considers the loans’ expected 
life is equal to the contractual loan term. This approach will continue to be monitored and enhanced if and when deemed appropriate.

3.5. Impairment of non-financial assets
The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial assets, other than inventories and deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each 
reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable 
amount is estimated. Impairment for goodwill is discussed in more detail under note 27(a).

3.6. Fiduciary activities
The Group commonly acts as trustee and in other fiduciary capacities that result in the holding or placing of assets on behalf of 
individuals, trusts, retirement benefit plans and other institutions. These assets and income arising thereon are excluded from these 
financial statements, as they do not belong to the Group.

3.7. New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
There are no standards, interpretations and amendments to existing standards that have been published and are mandatory for the 
Group’s accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020 or later periods, that will have any material impact on the Group’s 
financial statements. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201963

4. Critical accounting estimates and judgements in applying accounting policies

The Group makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year. 
Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of 
future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

4.1 Estimation uncertainty
(a) Expected credit losses (“ECL”) on financial assets 
The Group reviews its loan portfolios and debt security investments to assess impairment at least on a quarterly basis. The basis for 
evaluating impairment losses is described in note 10. The measurement of ECL required by IFRS 9, necessitates a number of significant 
judgements. Specifically judgements and estimation uncertainties relate to assessment of whether credit risk on the financial asset has 
increased significantly since initial recognition, incorporation of forward-looking information (“FLI”) in the measurement of ECLs and 
key assumptions used in estimating recoverable cash flows. These estimates are driven by a number of factors that are subject to 
change which may result in different levels of ECL allowances.

The Group incorporates FLI into the assessment of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk. Forecasts for key 
macroeconomic variables that most closely correlate with the Bank’s portfolio are used to produce five economic scenarios, comprising  
of a severe decline, moderate decline, decline, no change and growth, and the impacts of these scenarios are then probability weighted. 
The estimation and application of this FLI will require significant judgement supported by the use of external information.

12 month ECLs on loans and advances (loans within Stage 1) are calculated using a statistical model on a collective basis, grouped 
together by product and geographical location. The key assumptions are the probability of default, the economic scenarios and loss 
given default having consideration for collateral. Life time ECLs on loans and advances (loans within Stage 2 and 3) are calculated 
based on an individual valuation of the underlying asset and other expected cash flows. 

For financial assets in Stage 2 and 3, ECL is calculated on an individual basis and all relevant factors that have a bearing on the 
expected future cash flows are taken into account. These factors can be subjective and can include the individual circumstances of the 
borrower, the realisable value of collateral, the Group’s position relative to other claimants, and the likely cost to sell and duration of 
the time to collect. The level of ECL is the difference between the value of the recoverable amount (which is equal to the expected 
future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate), and its carrying amount.

During the year, the ECL model and the assumptions were reviewed resulting in a revised basis for estimating LGD after taking account  
of collateral values. This has resulted in a release of ECL provision of £1.3m in Stage 1 and an increase in ECL provision in Stage 3  
of £0.2m.

Management considered a range of variables in determining the level of future ECL. Two of the key judgements were in relation to 
“time to collect” and “collateral valuations”. Sensitivity analysis was carried out based on what was considered reasonably possible in 
the current market conditions.

If time to collect increased by six months across all client exposures, this would lead to a negative £0.6m (2018: negative £0.4m) 
impact through the Profit or Loss. A six month reduction in time to collect would lead to a £0.1m favourable (2018: £0.3m 
favourable) impact on Profit or Loss. 

If the collateral valuations increased by 10% across client exposures, this would lead to a positive £1.4m (2018: positive £1.3m) 
impact through Profit or Loss. If the collateral valuations decreased by 10% across all Stage 3 client exposures, this would lead to a 
£2.1m adverse (2018: £1.9m adverse) impact on Profit or Loss. 

Five economic scenarios were modelled. A probability was assigned to each scenario to arrive at an overall weighted impact on ECL. 
Management judgement is required in the application of the probability weighting for each scenario. 

The Group considered the impact of various assumptions on the calculation of ECL (changes in GDP, unemployment rates, inflation, 
exchange rates, equity prices, wages and collateral values/property prices) and concluded that only collateral values/property prices 
have a material impact on ECL.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201964

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

4. Critical accounting estimates and judgements in applying accounting policies (continued)

The five macroeconomic scenarios modelled on future property prices were as follows:

•  Severe decline

•  Moderate decline

•  Decline

•  No change

•  Growth

Other than collateral values/property prices, no other assumptions were assessed to have a material impact on ECL. The table below 
therefore reflects the expected changes in collateral/property prices in each of the macroeconomic scenarios and the probability 
weighting applied for each scenario:

Economic Scenarios
Severe decline
Moderate decline

Decline
No Change
Growth

Probability weighting

Change in property prices

2019

2018

London

Rest of UK

Overseas

1.0% 
3.0% 

50.0% 
26.0% 
20.0% 

1.0% 
3.0% 

50.0% 
21.0% 
25.0% 

(40.0%)
(20.0%)

(2.0%)
 – 
0.5% 

(40.0%)
(20.0%)

(1.5%)
 – 
0.5% 

(40.0%)
(20.0%)

(1.0%)
 – 
2.3% 

The above table reflects the 5 year average expected change in collateral values/property prices in each economic scenario, which were 
applied over the full term the Group is exposed to credit risk (also an average of 5 years). The expected change in property prices 
under each scenario, were weighted according to the probability of each scenario, to arrive at a probability weighted change in 
property prices. These adjusted property values are then used to assess the future expected cash flows, which are considered along with 
the loan exposures at default to calculate the expected credit loss. No other long term averages are used in the calculation of ECL,  
as the above changes are in effect modelled over the full term of the Group’s exposure to credit risk.

Management assess a range of scenarios and in the current economic climate it is reasonably possible that the severe decline scenario 
could increase to 5%, the moderate decline scenario could increase to 20% probability and the decline scenario increase to 65% 
probability. This would lead to a negative £1.4m (2018: negative £0.2m) impact through Profit or Loss.

Management have additionally assessed the impact of assigning a 100% probability to of each of the economic scenarios, which would 
have the following impact on the Profit or Loss of the Group:

•  Severe decline  

(£30.4m)

•  Moderate decline 

(£7.4m)

•  Decline  

•  No change 

•  Growth 

-    

£0.4m

£0.6m

(b) Effective Interest Rate
Acquired loan books are initially recognised at fair value. Subsequently, they are measured under the effective interest rate method. 
Management review the expected cash flows against actual cash flows to ensure future assumptions on customer behaviour and future 
cash flows remain valid. If the estimates of future cash flows are revised, the gross carrying value of the financial asset is recalculated as 
the present value of the estimated future contractual cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate, or in the case of the 
acquired books the credit-adjusted effective interest rate. The adjustment to the carrying value of the loan book is recognised in the 
Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
  
 
 
65

Management must therefore use judgement to estimate the expected life of each instrument. The accuracy of the effective interest rate 
would therefore be affected by unexpected market movements resulting in altered customer behaviour, inaccuracies in the models used 
compared to actual outcomes and incorrect assumptions.

If customer loans repaid 6 months earlier than anticipated on the originated loan book, interest income would increase by £0.4m 
(2018: £0.8m), due to acceleration of fee income.

In 2019 the Group recognised £0.4m (2018: £0.9m) of additional interest income to reflect actual cash flows received on the acquired 
mortgage books being in excess of forecast cash flows.

The key judgements in relation to calculating the net present value of the acquired mortgage books relate to the timing of future cash 
flows and loss rates on principal repayments. Management have considered an early and delayed 6 month sensitivity on the timing of 
repayment and a 10% increase and decrease of principal repayments to be reasonably possible.

If the acquired loan books were modelled to accelerate cash flows by 6 months, it would increase interest income in 2019 by £0.3m 
(2018: £0.3m), while a 10% increase in principal repayments will increase interest income in 2019 by £0.8m (2018: £0.3m) through a 
cash flow reset adjustment. 

(c) Investment property
The valuations that the Group places on its investment properties are subject to a degree of uncertainty and are calculated on the basis 
of assumptions in relation to prevailing market rents and effective yields. These assumptions may not prove to be accurate, particularly 
in periods of market volatility. The uncertainty due to Brexit has had the effect of reducing the activity in the property market, which, 
has in turn resulted in less market evidence being available for Management in making its judgement on the key assumptions of 
property yield and market rent. The Group currently owns one (2018: three) investment property, as outlined in note 30.

During 2019, two properties were reclassified to inventory due to being under development with the intention to sell. 

Management valued the investment property utilising externally sourced market information and property specific knowledge. The 
valuations were reviewed by the Group’s in-house surveyor.

Crescent Office Park in Bath with value of £6.8m (2018: £6.8m)
In December 2017, the office building was acquired with the intention to be included within a new property fund initiative that the 
Group had planned to start-up. The property had tenants in situ with the Fund recognising rental income.

It was recognised as held for sale under IFRS 5 and therefore not consolidated in the financial statements in 2017. In 2018 the launch 
of the property fund was placed on hold and as a result it was reclassified as an investment property as the property no longer met the 
IFRS 5 criteria. The property remained occupied as at 31 December 2019 with the Group receiving rental income.

In accordance with IAS 40, the property is recognised at fair value, with its carrying value at year end of £6.8m equal to its fair value.

The valuation of the property has the following key inputs:

•  yield: 6.50% 

•  future rent increases (every five years): 4.00%

Model Yield
– Yield 0.25% lower
– Yield 0.25% higher

Model Future Rent Increases (Every 5 Years)
– Positive 25%
– Negative 25%

Variable

6.50%
6.25%
6.75%

4.00%
5.00%
3.00%

Revised fair value gain/(loss)

£m

0.2
(0.1)

0.1
–

%

2.8% 
(1.6%)

0.8% 
0.2% 

(d) Inventory
During 2019, two properties were reclassified from investment property to inventory due to being under development with the 
intention to sell. The properties are transferred at fair value and subsequently measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value 
(“NRV”) less costs to sell. Cost is deemed to be fair value on the date of transfer. The properties are valued at the reporting date to 
assess for impairment.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
66

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

4. Critical accounting estimates and judgements in applying accounting policies (continued)

The valuations that the Group places on its properties are subject to a degree of uncertainty and are calculated on the basis of 
assumptions in relation to prevailing market rents and effective yields. These assumptions may not prove to be accurate, particularly in 
periods of market volatility. The uncertainty due to Brexit has had the effect of reducing the activity in the property market, which has 
in turn resulted in less market evidence being available for Management in making its judgement on the key assumptions of property 
yield and market rent.

Management valued the investment property utilising externally sourced market information and property specific knowledge.  
The valuations were reviewed by the Group’s in-house surveyor.

King Street, London with value of £53.7m (2018: £53.7m);
The King Street property’s main lease ended in 2019 at which point a comprehensive refurbishment development was started on the 
office space. The valuation assessment considers the gross development value of the property less expected development costs.  
The gross development value is discounted using risk-adjusted discount rates. Among other factors, the discount rate estimation 
considers the quality of a building and its location, and potential lease terms. Management judgement is required for the inputs used 
in the gross development value assessment, which have been assessed as follows:

•  yield: 3.67%

•  future rent forecast (per square ft.) £95.40 (Office space £110.80 and Retail space £45.75)

•  estimated refurbishment costs: £8.1m

Forecast yield
– Yield 0.17% lower
– Yield 0.42% lower
– Yield 0.08% higher
– Yield 0.33% higher

Future forecast rent (Per Square Foot)
– Positive 5%
– Negative 5%

Variable

3.67%
3.50%
3.25%
3.75%
4.00%

£95.4
£100.2
£90.6

Change to carrying value

£’m

3.3 
8.4 
(1.0)
(4.8)

3.5
(2.7)

%

6.2% 
15.6% 
(1.9%)
(8.9%)

6.5% 
(5.1%)

4 St Philips Place in Birmingham with value of £9.5m (2018: £7m)
The St Philips Place property was acquired on 24 November 2017. The property has recently completed a comprehensive refurbishment 
and was partially tenanted at the end of the financial year. 

The gross development has the following key inputs:

•  forecast yield: 6.5% 

•  future rent forecast (per square ft.) £30.20

Forecast yield
– Yield 0.25% lower
– Yield 0.25% higher

Future forecast rent (Per Square Foot)
– Positive 5%
– Negative 5%

Variable

6.50%
6.25%
6.75%

£30.20
£31.71
£28.69

Change in carrying value

£’m

0.5 
(0.3)

0.6 
(0.4)

%

4.9% 
(2.9%)

6.4% 
(4.7%)

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
67

Total
£000

325,908
46,258
442,960
7,617
1,804
1,599,053
86,443
30,919
1,815
20,082
5,813
19,944
6,763

Due within 
one year
£000

Due after 
more than 
one year
£000

325,908
46,258
337,807
7,617
105
659,176
86,262
3,203
– 
7,037
1,458
2,757
– 

– 
– 
105,153
– 
1,699
939,877
181
27,716
1,815
13,045
4,355
17,187
6,763

1,477,588

1,117,791

2,595,379

5,421
101
1,873,326
633
13,500
63
– 

1,893,044

225,000
218
211,577
– 
– 
20,368
36,837

494,000

230,421
319
2,084,903
633
13,500
20,431
36,837

2,387,044

5. Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities

The table below shows the maturity analysis of assets and liabilities of the Group as at 31 December 2019:

At 31 December 2019

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Assets classified as held for sale
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments
Deferred tax asset
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Investment property

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Current tax liability
Other liabilities
Lease liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
68

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

5. Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities (continued)

The table below shows the maturity analysis of assets and liabilities of the Group as at 31 December 2018:

At 31 December 2018

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Assets classified as held for sale
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments
Deferred tax asset
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investment property

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Current tax liability
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Due within 
one year
£000

405,325
54,173
203,211
8,002
192
388,603
8,257
14,976
– 
– 
– 
– 

Due after 
more than 
one year
£000

– 
– 
139,480
– 
1,654
836,053
4,459
20,375
1,490
16,538
5,304
67,081

1,082,739

1,092,434

7,675
188
1,624,978
236
18,549
– 

1,651,626

225,000
– 
89,308
– 
– 
13,283

327,591

Total
£000

405,325
54,173
342,691
8,002
1,846
1,224,656
12,716
35,351
1,490
16,538
5,304
67,081

2,175,173

232,675
188
1,714,286
236
18,549
13,283

1,979,217

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below shows the maturity analysis of assets and liabilities of the Company as at 31 December 2019:

At 31 December 2019

ASSETS
Loans and advances to banks
Loans and advances to banks – due from subsidiary undertakings
Debt securities at amortised cost
Financial investments
Deferred tax asset
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Other assets
Interests in subsidiaries

LIABILITIES
Current tax liability
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Due within 
one year
£000

Due after 
more than 
one year
£000

6
15,310
– 
– 
– 
– 
25
115
– 

15,456

175
3,063
– 

3,238

– 
– 
24,239
25,913
391
5
159
– 
134,004

184,711

– 
– 
36,837

36,837

The table below shows the maturity analysis of assets and liabilities of the Company as at 31 December 2018:

At 31 December 2018

ASSETS
Loans and advances to banks
Loans and advances to banks – due from subsidiary undertakings
Financial investments
Current tax asset
Deferred tax asset
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Other assets
Interests in subsidiaries

LIABILITIES
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Due within 
one year
£000

Due after 
more than
 one year
£000

6
17,002
– 
52
– 
– 
– 
42
– 

17,102

3,324
– 

3,324

– 
– 
19,313
– 
113
6
208
– 
134,614

154,254

– 
13,283

13,283

69

Total
£000

6
15,310
24,239
25,913
391
5
184
115
134,004

200,167

175
3,063
36,837

40,075

Total
£000

6
17,002
19,313
52
113
6
208
42
134,614

171,356

3,324
13,283

16,607

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
70

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management

Strategy
By their nature, the Group’s activities are principally related to the use of financial instruments. The Directors and senior management 
of the Group have formally adopted a Group Risk and Controls Policy which sets out the Board’s attitude to risk and internal controls. 
Key risks identified by the Directors are formally reviewed and assessed at least once a year by the Board, in addition to which key 
business risks are identified, evaluated and managed by operating management on an ongoing basis by means of procedures such as 
physical controls, credit and other authorisation limits and segregation of duties. The Board also receives regular reports on any risk 
matters that need to be brought to its attention. Significant risks identified in connection with the development of new activities are 
subject to consideration by the Board. There are budgeting procedures in place and reports are presented regularly to the Board 
detailing the results of each principal business unit, variances against budget and prior year, and other performance data.

The principal non-operational risks inherent in the Group’s business are credit, market, liquidity and capital. 

(a) Credit risk
The Company and Group take on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that a counterparty will be unable to pay amounts in full 
when due. Significant changes in the economy, or in the health of a particular industry segment that represents a concentration in the 
Company and Group’s portfolio, could result in losses that are different from those provided for at the balance sheet date. Credit risk 
is managed through the Credit Committee of the banking subsidiary.

The Company and Group structure the levels of credit risk it undertakes by placing limits on the amount of risk accepted in relation to 
products, and one borrower or groups of borrowers. Such risks are monitored on a revolving basis and subject to an annual or more 
frequent review. The limits are approved periodically by the Board of Directors and actual exposures against limits are monitored daily.

Exposure to credit risk is managed through regular analysis of the ability of borrowers and potential borrowers to meet interest and 
capital repayment obligations and by changing these lending limits where appropriate. Exposure to credit risk is also managed in part 
by obtaining collateral, and corporate and personal guarantees.

The Group employs a range of policies and practices to mitigate credit risk. The most traditional of these is the taking of collateral to 
secure advances, which is common practice. The principal collateral types for loans and advances include, but are not limited to:

•  Charges over residential and commercial properties;

•  Charges over business assets such as premises, inventory and accounts receivable;

•  Charges over financial instruments such as debt securities and equities;

•  Charges over other chattels; and

•  Personal guarantees

Upon initial recognition of loans and advances, the fair value of collateral is based on valuation techniques commonly used for the 
corresponding assets. In order to minimise any potential credit loss the Group will seek additional collateral from the counterparty as 
soon as impairment indicators are noticed for the relevant individual loans and advances. Repossessed collateral, not readily 
convertible into cash, is made available for sale in an orderly fashion, with the proceeds used to reduce or repay the outstanding 
indebtedness, or held as inventory where the Group intends to develop and sell in the future. Where excess funds are available after  
the debt has been repaid, they are available either for other secured lenders with lower priority or are returned to the customer.

Commitments to extend credit represent unused portions of authorisations to extend credit in the form of loans, guarantees or letters 
of credit. With respect to credit risk on commitments to extend credit, the Group is potentially exposed to loss in an amount equal to 
the total unused commitments. However, the likely amount of loss is less than the total unused commitments, as most commitments to 
extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards.

The Group incorporates forward-looking information into both its assessment of whether the credit risk of an instrument has increased 
significantly since its initial recognition and its measurement of ECL. The key inputs into the measurement of the ECL are:

•  future economic scenarios

•  probability of default

•  loss given default

•  exposure at default 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201971

Total
£000

325,800
46,258
442,960
1,804

The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk before collateral held or other credit enhancements is as follows:

2019

Group
Credit risk exposures  
(all Stage 1, unless otherwise stated)

Private 
Banking
£000

Commercial 
Banking
£000

Mortgage 
Portfolios
£000

RAF
£000

ACABL
£000

ASFL
£000

All Other
 Divisions
£000

On-balance sheet:
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers  
(net of ECL)

Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Other assets
Financial investments

Off-balance sheet:
Guarantees
Loan commitments and other credit 
related liabilities

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

567,767
498,220
43,491
26,056
 – 
 – 

527,620
505,518
22,079
23
 – 
 – 

306,044
306,044
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

102,888
100,981
755
1,152
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

75,871
75,871
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

325,800
46,258
442,960
1,804

7,352
7,352
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

11,511
11,511
 – 
 – 
4,625
30,919

1,599,053
1,505,497
66,325
27,231
4,625
30,919

2,610

3,791

88,226

47,372

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

6,401

53,494

972

 – 

190,064

At 31 December

658,603

578,783

306,044

102,888

129,365

8,324

863,877

2,647,844

Group
Credit risk exposures  
(all Stage 1, unless otherwise stated)

Private 
Banking
£000

Commercial 
Banking
£000

Mortgage 
Portfolios
£000

RAF
£000

ACABL
£000

ASFL
£000

2018

On-balance sheet:
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers 
(net of ECL)
 Stage 1
 Stage 2
 Stage 3
Other assets
Financial investments

Off-balance sheet:
Guarantees
Loan commitments and other credit 
related liabilities

At 31 December

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

670,464
618,487
20,033
31,944
 – 
 – 

443,108
431,630
11,478
 – 
 – 
 – 

435

1,309

51,950

15,930

722,849

460,347

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
354
 – 
 – 

85,957
84,275
1,180
502
443
 – 

 – 

 – 

86,754

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

All Other
 Divisions
£000

405,325
53,819
342,691
1,846

Total
£000

405,325
54,173
342,691
1,846

25,127
25,127
 – 
 – 
2,533
35,351

1,224,656
1,159,519
32,691
32,446
2,976
35,351

 – 

1,744

18,122

86,002

884,814

2,154,764

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
72

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

The Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk (all Stage 1) before collateral held or other credit enhancements is as follows:

Credit risk exposures relating to on-balance sheet assets are as follows:
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Financial investments

At 31 December

2019
£000

15,316
24,239
25,913

65,468

2018
£000

17,008
 – 
19,313

36,321

The above tables represent the maximum credit risk exposure (net of impairment) to the Group and Company at 31 December 2019 
and 2018 without taking account of any collateral held or other credit enhancements attached. For financial assets, the balances are 
based on gross carrying amounts as reported in the Statement of Financial Position. For guarantees and loan commitments, the 
amounts in the table represent the amounts for which the Group is contractually committed.

The table below represents an analysis of the loan to values of the exposures secured by property for the Group:

Private Banking

Commercial Banking

Mortgage Portfolios

Total

2019

Loan 
Balance
£000

Collateral
£000

294,018
266,706
17,785
9,527
197,907
178,117
18,132
1,658
32,209
20,670
8,434
3,105
25,150
5,133
4,775
15,242

678,051
620,496
35,150
22,405
302,202
273,038
26,565
2,599
36,435
23,340
9,800
3,295
12,512
2,410
2,000
8,102

Loan 
Balance
£000

300,510
299,642
868
 – 
204,798
194,442
10,356
 – 
6,299
4,871
1,428
 – 
1,250
1,250
 – 
 – 

Collateral
£000

634,912
631,792
3,120
 – 
320,687
304,127
16,560
 – 
6,670
4,920
1,750
 – 
740
740
 – 
 – 

Loan 
Balance
£000

93,454
93,454
 – 
 – 
46,333
46,333
 – 
 – 
56,967
56,967
 – 
 – 
108,276
108,276
 – 
 – 

Collateral
£000

318,010
318,010
 – 
 – 
67,372
67,372
 – 
 – 
66,421
66,421
 – 
 – 
69,235
69,235
 – 
 – 

Loan 
Balance
£000

687,982
659,802
18,653
9,527
449,038
418,892
28,488
1,658
95,475
82,508
9,862
3,105
134,676
114,659
4,775
15,242

Collateral
£000

1,630,973
1,570,298
38,270
22,405
690,261
644,537
43,125
2,599
109,526
94,681
11,550
3,295
82,487
72,385
2,000
8,102

Group

Less than 60%
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
60%-80%
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
80%-100%
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3

Greater than 100%*

Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3

Total

549,284

1,029,200

512,857

963,009

305,030

521,038

1,367,171

2,513,247

*  In addition to property, other security is taken, including charges over Arbuthnot Latham Investment Management portfolios, other chattels and 

personal guarantees. The increase in loan to values greater than 100% is due to an increase in exposures collateralised by other assets.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
73

The table below represents an analysis of the loan to values of the exposures secured by property for the Group:

Private Banking

Commercial Banking

Mortgage Portfolios

Total

2018

Loan 
Balance
£000

Collateral
£000

300,807
286,003
8,701
6,103
204,689
191,644
9,458
3,587
31,397
19,716
531
11,150
25,124
13,250
11,874

632,854
593,883
25,830
13,141
281,487
261,152
14,535
5,800
48,119
35,540
550
12,029
24,222
15,607
8,615

Loan 
Balance
£000

249,446
238,071
11,375
 – 
165,954
165,954
 – 
 – 
6,540
6,540
 – 
 – 
8,918
8,918
 – 

Collateral
£000

559,271
532,671
26,600
 – 
259,917
259,917
 – 
 – 
9,400
9,400
 – 
 – 
7,614
7,614
 – 

Loan 
Balance
£000

11,671
11,671
 – 
 – 
20,093
20,093
 – 
 – 
33,252
33,252
 – 
 – 
3,404
3,404
 – 

Collateral
£000

65,767
65,767
 – 
 – 
27,842
27,842
 – 
 – 
38,029
38,029
 – 
 – 
2,825
2,825
 – 

Loan 
Balance
£000

561,924
535,745
20,076
6,103
390,736
377,691
9,458
3,587
71,189
59,508
531
11,150
37,446
25,572
11,874

Collateral
£000

1,257,892
1,192,321
52,430
13,141
569,246
548,911
14,535
5,800
95,548
82,969
550
12,029
34,661
26,046
8,615

Group

Less than 60%
 Stage 1
 Stage 2
 Stage 3
60%-80%
 Stage 1
 Stage 2
 Stage 3
80%-100%
 Stage 1
 Stage 2
 Stage 3

Greater than 100%

 Stage 1
 Stage 3

Total

562,017

986,682

430,858

836,202

68,420

134,463

1,061,295

1,957,347

The table below represents an analysis of loan commitments compared to the values of properties for the Group (all Stage 1):

Group

Less than 60%
60%-80%
80%-100%
Greater than 100%

Total

Group

Less than 60%
60%-80%

Total

2019

Private Banking

Commercial Banking

Total

Loan  

Commitment
£000

63,934
7,821
1,587
282

73,624

Collateral
£000

185,639
12,143
1,623
235

199,640

Loan  

Commitment
£000

19,583
3,808
 – 
676

24,067

2018

Collateral
£000

193,616
5,810
 – 
592

200,018

Loan  

Commitment
£000

83,517
11,629
1,587
958

97,691

Private Banking

Commercial Banking

Total

Loan  

Commitment
£000

30,289
15,467

45,756

Collateral
£000

83,603
23,295

106,898

Loan  

Commitment
£000

14,880
1,050

15,930

Collateral
£000

32,097
1,615

33,712

Loan  

Commitment
£000

45,169
16,517

61,686

Collateral
£000

379,255
17,953
1,623
827

399,658

Collateral
£000

115,700
24,910

140,610

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201974

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

Renegotiated loans and forbearance
The contractual terms of a loan may be modified due to factors that are not related to the current or potential credit deterioration of 
the customer (changing market conditions, customer retention, etc.). In such cases, the modified loan may be derecognised and the 
renegotiated loan recognised as a new loan at fair value.

When the terms of a financial asset are modified and the modification does not result in derecognition, the determination of whether 
the asset’s credit risk has increased significantly reflects the comparison of:

•  its remaining lifetime PD at the reporting date based on the modified terms; with

•  the remaining lifetime PD estimated based on data on initial recognition and the original contractual terms.

When modification results in derecognition, a new loan is recognised and allocated to Stage 1 (assuming it is not credit-impaired at 
that time).

The Group renegotiates loans to customers in financial difficulties (referred to as ‘forbearance’) to maximise collection opportunities 
and minimise the risk of default. Under the Group’s forbearance policy, loan forbearance is granted on a selective basis if the debtor is 
currently in default on its debt, or if there is a high risk of default, there is evidence that the debtor made all reasonable efforts to pay 
under the original contractual terms and the debtor is expected to be able to meet the revised terms.

The revised terms can include changing the timing of interest payments, extending the date of repayment of the loan, transferring a 
loan to interest only payments and a payment holiday. Both retail and corporate loans are subject to the forbearance policy. The Group 
Credit Committee regularly reviews reports on forbearance.

For financial assets modified as part of the Group’s forbearance policy, the estimate of PD reflects whether the modification has 
improved or restored the Group’s ability to collect interest and principal and the Group’s previous experience of similar forbearance 
action. As part of this process, the Group evaluates the borrower’s payment performance against the modified contractual terms and 
considers various behavioural indicators. Whilst the customer is under forbearance, the customer will be classified as Stage 2 and the 
Group recognise a lifetime ECL. The customer will transfer to Stage 1 and revert to a 12 month ECL when they exit forbearance.  
This is conditional upon both a minimum six months’ good account conduct and the improvement to the client’s situation to the extent 
that the probability of default has receded sufficiently and full repayment of the loan, without recourse to the collateral, is likely.

Generally, the forbearance is a qualitative indicator of a SICR (see note 10)

As at 31 December 2019, loans for which forbearance measures were in place totalled 3.1% (2018: 2.2%) of the total value of loans 
to customers for the Group. These are set out in the following table:

Transfer to interest only
Assistance with property sale
Move historic arrears to capital
Covenant waived
Term extension
Payment holiday

Total forbearance

2019

2018

Number

 – 
4
1
6
18
32

61

Loan
Balance
£000

 – 
231
1,719
7,473
32,780
6,795

48,998

Number

1
 – 
 – 
 – 
17
16

34

Loan
Balance
£000

175
 – 
 – 
 – 
25,814
1,189

27,178

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019Concentration risk
The tables below show the concentration in the loan book based on the most significant type of collateral held for each loan. 

Loans and advances to customers

Loan Commitments

Concentration by product
Asset based lending*
Asset finance
Cash collateralised
Commercial lending
Investment portfolio secured
Mixed collateral**
Residential mortgages
Unsecured

At 31 December

Concentration by location
East Anglia
London
Midlands
North East
North West
Northern Ireland
Scotland
South East
South West
Wales
Overseas
Non-property collateral

At 31 December

2019
£000

75,871
103,193
11,526
269,590
40,127
45,432
1,035,395
17,919

1,599,053

39,997
554,183
108,635
53,294
111,500
9,061
28,197
224,915
169,343
18,493
11,150
270,285

2018
£000

25,128
85,958
5,379
248,042
45,182
91,167
713,095
10,705

2019
£000

53,494
972
1,781
3,941
2,984
17,282
93,749
15,861

1,224,656

190,064

32,960
455,567
69,686
18,448
59,045
2,813
10,793
219,890
140,560
7,521
30,486
176,887

10
77,960
4,392
641
1,826
 – 
1,064
7,188
4,513
98
 – 
92,372

1,599,053

1,224,656

190,064

75

2018
£000

18,122
 – 
 – 
4,806
3,136
4,867
54,346
725

86,002

294
28,096
3,538
1,050
1,275
 – 
 – 
15,522
9,201
426
1,400
25,200

86,002

*  In 2018 Q1, the Group began its asset based lending business including invoice discounting, supported by stock, plant & machinery, property and 

cash flow lending.

** Mixed collateral is where there is no single, overall majority collateral type.

(b) Operational risk (unaudited)
The Group’s objective is to manage operational risk so as to balance the avoidance of financial losses and damage to the Group’s 
reputation with overall cost effectiveness and to avoid control procedures that restrict initiatives and creativity. The Group is exposed 
to operational risks from its Information Technology and Operations platforms. There are additional internal controls in these 
processes that are designed to protect the Group from these risks. The Group’s overall approach to managing internal control and 
financial reporting is described in the Corporate Governance section of the Annual Report.

Compliance with Group standards is supported by a programme of periodic reviews undertaken by Internal Audit. The results of the 
Internal Audit reviews are discussed with senior management, with summaries submitted to the Arbuthnot Banking Group Audit 
Committee. 

Cyber risk
Cyber risk is an increasing risk that the Group is subject to within its operational processes. This is the risk that the Group is subject to 
some form of disruption arising from an interruption to its IT and data infrastructure. The Group regularly test the infrastructure to 
ensure that it remains robust to a range of threats, and has continuity of business plans in place including a disaster recovery provision.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
76

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

Conduct risk
As a financial services provider we face conduct risk, including selling products to customers which do not meet their needs; failing to 
deal with customers’ complaints effectively; not meeting customers’ expectations; and exhibiting behaviours which do not meet market 
or regulatory standards. 

The Group adopts a zero risk appetite for any unfair customer outcomes. It maintains clear compliance guidelines and provides 
ongoing training to all staff. Periodic spot checks and internal audits are performed to ensure these guidelines are being followed.  
The Group also has insurance policies in place to provide some cover for any claims that may arise.

(c) Market risk

Price risk
The Company and Group are exposed to price risk from equity investments and derivatives held by the Group. The Group is not 
exposed to commodity price risk. 

Based upon the financial investment exposure in Note 25, a stress test scenario of a 10% (2018: 10%) decline in market prices, would 
result in a £16,000 (2018: £17,000) decrease in the Group’s income and a decrease of £3.1m (2018: £3.5m) in the Group’s equity.  
The Group considers a 10% stress test scenario appropriate after taking the current values and historic data into account. 

Based upon the financial investment exposure given in Note 25, a stress test scenario of a 10% (2018: 10%) decline in market prices, 
would result in a £nil (2018: £nil) decrease in the Company’s income and a decrease of £2.6m (2018: £1.9m) in the Company’s equity.

Currency risk
The Company and Group take on exposure to the effects of fluctuations in the prevailing foreign currency exchange rates on its 
financial position and cash flows. This is managed through the Group entering into forward foreign exchange contracts. The Board 
sets limits on the level of exposure for both overnight and intra-day positions, which are monitored daily. The table below summarises 
the Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December 2019. Included in the table below are the Group’s assets 
and liabilities at carrying amounts, categorised by currency.

At 31 December 2019

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Net on-balance sheet position

Credit commitments

GBP (£)
£000

325,844
5,364
336,079
1,713
1,563,536
4,625
29,113

2,266,274

230,421
233
1,897,857
2,023
24,239

2,154,773

111,501

190,064

USD ($)
£000

20
10,028
106,881
1
7,957
 – 
1,637

126,524

 – 
 – 
126,220
 – 
 – 

126,220

304

 – 

Euro (€)
£000

41
18,892
 – 
3
27,574
 – 
169

46,679

 – 
2
49,049
 – 
12,598

61,649

(14,970)

 – 

Other
£000

3
11,974
 – 
87
(14)
 – 
 – 

12,050

 – 
84
11,777
 – 
 – 

11,861

189

 – 

Total
£000

325,908
46,258
442,960
1,804
1,599,053
4,625
30,919

2,451,527

230,421
319
2,084,903
2,023
36,837

2,354,503

97,024

190,064

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange risk at 31 December 2018:

At 31 December 2018

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Net on-balance sheet position

Credit commitments

GBP (£)
£000

USD ($)
£000

Euro (€)
£000

405,244
8,856
243,680
1,655
1,169,157
2,861
34,219

1,865,672

232,675
3
1,526,623
1,782
 – 

1,761,083

104,589

86,002

30
13,794
99,011
4
16,122
 – 
954

129,915

 – 
4
130,061
 – 
 – 

130,065

(150)

 – 

47
19,714
 – 
3
39,377
115
178

59,434

 – 
1
46,068
 – 
13,283

59,352

82

 – 

Other
£000

4
11,809
 – 
184
 – 
 – 
 – 

11,997

 – 
180
11,534
 – 
 – 

11,714

283

 – 

77

Total
£000

405,325
54,173
342,691
1,846
1,224,656
2,976
35,351

2,067,018

232,675
188
1,714,286
1,782
13,283

1,962,214

104,804

86,002

Derivative financial instruments (see note 21) are in place to mitigate foreign currency risk on net exposures for each currency. A 10% 
strengthening of the pound against the US dollar would lead to a £30,000 decrease (2018: £5,000 increase) in Group profits and 
equity, while a 10% weakening of the pound against the US dollar would lead to the same decrease in Group profits and equity. 
Additionally the Group holds £7.6m of properties as held for sale, while £7.8m has been classified as inventory. These properties are 
located in the EU and relate to Euro denominated loans where the properties were repossessed and are either held for sale or are being 
developed with a view to sell. Including these Euro assets, the net Euro exposure is positive £431k.

The table below summarises the Company’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December 2019:

At 31 December 2019

ASSETS
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Net on-balance sheet position

GBP (£)
£000

2,414
24,239
25,913

52,566

1,113
24,239

25,352

27,214

Euro (€)
£000

12,902
 – 
 – 

12,902

 – 
12,598

12,598

304

Total
£000

15,316
24,239
25,913

65,468

1,113
36,837

37,950

27,518

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
78

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

The table below summarises the Company’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December 2018:

At 31 December 2018

ASSETS
Loans and advances to banks
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Net on-balance sheet position

GBP (£)
£000

Euro (€)
£000

3,437
19,313

22,750

1,838
 – 

1,838

20,912

13,571
 – 

13,571

 – 
13,283

13,283

288

Total
£000

17,008
19,313

36,321

1,838
13,283

15,121

21,200

A 10% strengthening of the pound against the Euro would lead to £11,000 (2018: £3,000) decrease in the Company profits and 
equity, conversely a 10% weakening of the pound against the Euro would lead to a £13,000 (2018: £3,000) increase in the Company 
profits and equity. 

Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the potential adverse impact on the Company and Group’s future cash flows from changes in interest rates, and 
arises from the differing interest rate risk characteristics of the Company and Group’s assets and liabilities. In particular, fixed rate 
savings and borrowing products expose the Group to the risk that a change in interest rates could cause either a reduction in interest 
income or an increase in interest expense relative to variable rate interest flows. The Group seeks to “match” interest rate risk on either 
side of the Statement of Financial Position. However, this is not a perfect match and interest rate risk is present in: Money market 
transactions of a fixed rate nature, fixed rate loans, fixed rate savings accounts and floating rate products dependent on when they 
re-price at a future date. 

Interest rate risk is measured throughout the maturity bandings of the book on a parallel shift scenario for a 200 basis points 
movement. Interest rate risk is managed to limit value at risk to be less than £1.5m. The current position of the balance sheet is such 
that it results in a favourable impact on the economic value of equity of £3.1m (2018: £1.3m) for a positive 200bps shift and an 
adverse impact of £3.2m (2018: £1.4m) for a negative 200bps movement. The negative movement is capped at the Bank of England 
base rate of 75bps at year end (2018: 75bps), which result in a negative impact of £1.2m (2018: £0.5m). The Company has no fixed 
rate exposures, but an upward change of 50bps on variable rates would increase pre-tax profits and equity by £13,000 (2018: increase 
pre-tax profits and equity by £10,000), while a downward change of 50bps would increase pre-tax profits and equity by £54,000.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
79

The following tables summarise the re-pricing periods for the assets and liabilities in the Company and Group, including derivative 
financial instruments which are principally used to reduce exposure to interest rate risk. Items are allocated to time bands by reference 
to the earlier of the next contractual interest rate re-price and the maturity date.

More than 
3 months 
but less than 
6 months
£000

More than 
6 months 
but less than 
1 year
£000

More than 
1 year 
but less than 
5 years
£000

Within 
3 months
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

Non interest
bearing
£000

Total
£000

Group
As at 31 December 2019

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets*
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities**
Debt securities in issue
Equity

325,908
45,836
287,608
105
1,351,549
 – 
 – 

 – 
188
151,555
 – 
11,101
 – 
 – 

 – 
234
3,797
 – 
25,963
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
1,699
209,811
 – 
 – 

2,011,006

162,844

29,994

211,510

230,421
319
1,403,728
 – 
36,837
 – 

 – 
 – 
233,716
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
211,956
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
235,503
 – 
 – 
 – 

1,671,305

233,716

211,956

235,503

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
629
 – 
 – 

629

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

–

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
148,477
30,919

325,908
46,258
442,960
1,804
1,599,053
148,477
30,919

179,396

2,595,379

 – 
 – 
 – 
34,564
 – 
208,335

230,421
319
2,084,903
34,564
36,837
208,335

242,899

2,595,379

– 

Impact of derivative instruments

25,531

–

– 

(25,531)

Interest rate sensitivity gap

365,232

(70,872)

(181,962)

(49,524)

629

(63,503)

Cumulative gap

365,232

294,360

112,398

62,874

63,503

–

*  Other assets include all remaining assets in the Statement of Financial Position, which are not shown separately above.
** Other liabilities include all remaining liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position, which are not shown separately above.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

Group
As at 31 December 2018

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets*
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities**
Debt securities in issue
Equity

More than 
3 months 
but less than 
6 months
£000

More than 
6 months 
but less than 
1 year
£000

More than 
1 year 
but less than 
5 years
£000

Within 
3 months
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

Non interest
bearing
£000

Total
£000

405,325
54,115
269,026
304
1,030,316
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
27,846
 – 
6,107
 – 
 – 

 – 
58
41,896
 – 
17,502
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
3,923
1,542
170,525
 – 
 – 

1,759,086

33,953

59,456

175,990

232,675
188
1,255,488
 – 
13,283
 – 

 – 
 – 
197,785
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
95,868
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
165,145
 – 
 – 
 – 

1,501,634

197,785

95,868

165,145

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
206
 – 
 – 

206

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
111,131
35,351

405,325
54,173
342,691
1,846
1,224,656
111,131
35,351

146,482

2,175,173

 – 
 – 
 – 
18,785
 – 
195,956

232,675
188
1,714,286
18,785
13,283
195,956

214,741

2,175,173

 – 

Impact of derivative instruments

25,762

 – 

 – 

(25,762)

Interest rate sensitivity gap

283,214

(163,832)

(36,412)

(14,917)

206

(68,259)

Cumulative gap

283,214

119,382

82,970

68,053

68,259

 – 

*  Other assets include all remaining assets in the Statement of Financial Position, which are not shown separately above.
** Other liabilities include all remaining liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position, which are not shown separately above.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
81

Total
£000

24,239
15,316
134,699
25,913

Total
£000

17,008
135,035
19,313

171,356

3,324
13,283
154,749

Company
As at 31 December 2019

ASSETS
Debt securities at amortised cost
Loans and advances to banks
Other assets*
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Other liabilities**
Debt securities in issue
Equity

Interest rate sensitivity gap

More than 
3 months 
but less than 
6 months
£000

More than 
6 months 
but less than 
1 year
£000

More than 
1 year 
but less than 
5 years
£000

Within 
3 months
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

Non interest
bearing
£000

24,239
15,296
 – 
 – 

39,535

 – 
36,837
 – 

36,837

2,698

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
20
134,699
25,913

160,632

200,167

3,238
 – 
160,092

3,238
36,837
160,092

163,330

200,167

(2,698)

Cumulative gap

2,698

2,698

2,698

2,698

2,698

 – 

*   Other assets include all remaining assets in the Statement of Financial Position, which are not shown separately above.
** Other liabilities include all remaining liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position, which are not shown separately above.

Company
As at 31 December 2018

ASSETS
Loans and advances to banks
Other assets*
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Other liabilities**
Debt securities in issue
Equity

Interest rate sensitivity gap

More than 
3 months 
but less than 
6 months
£000

More than 
6 months 
but less than 
1 year
£000

More than 
1 year 
but less than 
5 years
£000

Within 
3 months
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

Non interest
bearing
£000

16,977
 – 
 – 

16,977

 – 
13,283
 – 

13,283

3,694

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

31
135,035
19,313

154,379

3,324
 – 
154,749

158,073

171,356

(3,694)

Cumulative gap

3,694

3,694

3,694

3,694

3,694

 – 

*   Other assets include all remaining assets in the Statement of Financial Position, which are not shown separately above.
** Other liabilities include all remaining liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position, which are not shown separately above.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

(d) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group, although solvent, either does not have sufficient financial resources to enable it to meet its 
obligations as they fall due, or can only secure such resources at excessive cost.

The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its 
liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the 
Group’s reputation. The liquidity requirements of the Group are met through withdrawing funds from its Bank of England Reserve 
Account to cover any short-term fluctuations and longer term funding to address any structural liquidity requirements. 

The Group has formal governance structures in place to manage and mitigate liquidity risk on a day to day basis. The Board of 
Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited (“AL”) sets and approves the liquidity risk management strategy. The Assets and Liabilities 
Committee (“ALCO”), comprising senior executives of the Group, monitors liquidity risk. Key liquidity risk management information 
is reported by the finance teams and monitored by the Chief Executive Officer, Finance Director and Deputy CEO on a daily basis. The 
ALCO meets monthly to review liquidity risk against set thresholds and risk indicators including early warning indicators, liquidity 
risk tolerance levels and Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process (“ILAAP”) metrics.

The PRA requires the Board to ensure that the Group has adequate levels of liquidity resources and a prudent funding profile, and that 
it comprehensively manages and controls liquidity and funding risks. The Group maintains deposits placed at the Bank of England and 
highly liquid unencumbered assets that can be called upon to create sufficient liquidity to meet liabilities on demand, particularly in a 
period of liquidity stress. 

AL has a Board approved ILAAP and maintains liquidity buffers in excess of the minimum requirements. The ILAAP is embedded in 
the risk management framework of the Group and is subject to ongoing updates and revisions when necessary. At a minimum, the 
ILAAP is updated annually. The Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”) regime has applied  
to the Group from 1 October 2015, requiring management of net 30 day cash outflows as a proportion of high quality liquid assets. 
The actual LCR at 269% (2018: 282%) has significantly exceeded the regulatory minimum of 100% throughout the year.

The Group is exposed to daily calls on its available cash resources from current accounts, maturing deposits and loan draw-downs. 
The Group maintains significant cash resources to meet all of these needs as they fall due. The matching and controlled mismatching of 
the maturities and interest rates of assets and liabilities is fundamental to the management of the Group. It is unusual for banks to be 
completely matched, as transacted business is often of uncertain term and of different types. 

The maturities of assets and liabilities and the ability to replace, at an acceptable cost, interest bearing liabilities as they mature are 
important factors in assessing the liquidity of the Group and its exposure to changes in interest rates.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201983

The tables below show the undiscounted contractual cash flows of the Group’s financial liabilities and assets as at 31 December 2019:

At 31 December 2019

Financial liability by type
Non-derivative liabilities
Deposits from banks
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue
Issued financial guarantee contracts
Unrecognised loan commitments

Derivative liabilities
Risk management:
– Outflows

At 31 December 2019

Financial asset by type
Non-derivative assets
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments

Derivative assets
Risk management:
– Inflows

Carrying 
amount
£000

230,421
2,084,903
2,023
36,837
 – 
 – 

Gross 
nominal
inflow/
(outflow)
£000

Not 
more than
 3 months
£000

More than 
3 months 
but less than
1 year
£000

More than
1 year
but less than 
5 years
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

(230,421)
(2,105,676)
(2,023)
(63,292)
(6,401)
(190,064)

(230,421)
(1,243,332)
(2,023)
(626)
(6,401)
(190,064)

 – 
(550,128)
 – 
(1,893)
 – 
 – 

 – 
(312,216)
 – 
(12,325)
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
–
(48,448)
 – 
 – 

2,354,184

(2,597,877)

(1,672,867)

(552,021)

(324,541)

(48,448)

319
 – 

319

Carrying 
amount
£000

325,908
46,258
442,960
1,599,053
4,624
30,919

(319)

(319)

Gross 
nominal
inflow/
(outflow)
£000

325,908
46,270
447,424
1,764,491
4,624
30,919

(319)

(319)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Not 
more than
 3 months
£000

More than 
3 months 
but less than
1 year
£000

More than
1 year
but less than 
5 years
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

325,908
45,844
141,897
337,215
4,624
5,007

 – 
426
197,811
168,224
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
107,716
1,117,246
 – 
25,912

 – 
 – 
–
141,807
 – 
 – 

2,449,722

2,619,637

860,495

366,461

1,250,874

141,807

1,804
 – 

1,804

1,804

1,804

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

1,804

1,804

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
84

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

The tables below show the undiscounted contractual cash flows of the Group’s financial liabilities and assets as at 31 December 2018:

At 31 December 2018

Financial liability by type
Non-derivative liabilities
Deposits from banks
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue
Issued financial guarantee contracts
Unrecognised loan commitments

Derivative liabilities
Risk management:
– Outflows

At 31 December 2018

Financial asset by type
Non-derivative assets
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments

Derivative assets
Risk management:
– Inflows

Carrying 
amount
£000

232,675
1,714,286
1,782
13,283
 – 
 – 

Gross 
nominal
inflow/
(outflow)
£000

Not 
more than
 3 months
£000

More than 
3 months 
but less than
1 year
£000

More than
1 year
but less than 
5 years
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

(232,675)
(1,719,600)
(1,782)
(19,431)
(1,744)
(86,002)

(232,675)
(1,274,190)
(1,775)
(90)
(1,744)
(86,002)

 – 
(355,512)
 – 
(271)
 – 
 – 

 – 
(89,898)
 – 
(1,447)
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
(7)
(17,623)
 – 
 – 

1,962,026

(2,061,234)

(1,596,476)

(355,783)

(91,345)

(17,630)

188
 – 

188

Carrying 
amount
£000

(188)

(188)

Gross 
nominal
inflow/
(outflow)
£000

(188)

(188)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Not 
more than
3 months
£000

More than 
3 months 
but less than
1 year
£000

More than
1 year
but less than 
5 years
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

405,325
54,173
342,691
1,224,656
2,976
35,351

405,325
54,173
346,694
1,382,857
2,976
35,351

405,325
54,115
129,604
46,646
2,976
16,038

 – 
58
101,449
173,077
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
115,641
1,038,465
 – 
19,313

 – 
 – 
 – 
124,669
 – 
 – 

2,065,172

2,227,376

654,704

274,584

1,173,419

124,669

1,846
 – 

1,846

1,846

1,846

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

1,846

1,846

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
85

The table below sets out the components of the Group’s liquidity reserves:

Liquidity reserves

Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Undrawn credit lines

 31 December 2019

 31 December 2018

Amount
£000

325,908
46,258
442,960
 – 

815,126

Fair value
£000

325,908
46,258
442,926
 – 

815,092

Amount
£000

405,325
54,173
342,691
10,000

812,189

Fair value
£000

405,325
54,173
344,001
10,000

813,499

Assets pledged as collateral or encumbered
The total financial assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position that had been pledged as collateral for liabilities at 
31 December 2019 were £259m (2018: £308.9m). Assets are encumbered due to the Term Funding Scheme (note 31).

Financial assets can be pledged as collateral as part of repurchases transactions under terms that are usual and customary for such 
activities. 

The table below analyses the contractual cash flows of the Company’s financial liabilities and assets as at 31 December 2019:

At 31 December 2019

Financial liability by type
Non-derivative liabilities
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

At 31 December 2019

Financial liability by type
Non-derivative liabilities
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Financial investments

Carrying 
amount
£000

1,113
36,837

37,950

Carrying 
amount
£000

15,316
24,239
25,913

65,468

Gross 
nominal
inflow/
(outflow)
£000

Not 
more than
 3 months
£000

More than 
3 months 
but less than
1 year
£000

More than
1 year
but less than 
5 years
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

(1,113)
(63,292)

(64,405)

Gross 
nominal
inflow/
(outflow)
£000

15,316
45,068
25,913

86,297

477
(626)

(149)

 – 
(1,893)

(1,893)

 – 
(12,325)

(12,325)

(1,590)
(48,448)

(50,038)

Not 
more than
 3 months
£000

More than 
3 months 
but less than
1 year
£000

More than
1 year
but less than 
5 years
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

15,316
 544 
 – 

15,860

 – 
1,644 
 – 

1,644 

 – 
11,001 
25,913

36,914

 – 
31,879
 – 

31,879

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

The table below analyses the contractual cash flows of the Company’s financial liabilities and assets as at 31 December 2018:

At 31 December 2018

Financial liability by type
Non-derivative liabilities
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

At 31 December 2018

Financial asset by type
Non-derivative assets
Loans and advances to banks
Financial investments

Carrying 
amount
£000

1,838
13,283

15,121

Carrying 
amount
£000

17,008
19,313

36,321

Gross 
nominal
inflow/
(outflow)
£000

Not 
more than
 3 months
£000

More than 
3 months 
but less than
1 year
£000

More than
1 year
but less than 
5 years
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

(1,838)
(19,431)

(21,269)

Gross 
nominal
inflow/
(outflow)
£000

17,008
19,313

36,321

(248)
(90)

(338)

 – 
(271)

(271)

 – 
(1,447)

(1,447)

(1,590)
(17,623)

(19,213)

Not 
more than
 3 months
£000

More than 
3 months 
but less than
1 year
£000

More than
1 year
but less than 
5 years
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

17,008
 – 

17,008

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
19,313

19,313

 – 
 – 

 – 

The maturities of assets and liabilities and the ability to replace, at an acceptable cost, interest-bearing liabilities as they mature are 
important factors in assessing the liquidity of the Group and its exposure to changes in interest rates and exchange rates.

Fiduciary activities
The Group provides investment management and advisory services to third parties, which involve the Group making allocation and 
purchase and sale decisions in relation to a wide range of financial instruments. Those assets that are held in a fiduciary capacity are 
not included in these financial statements. These services give rise to the risk that the Group may be accused of maladministration or 
underperformance. At the balance sheet date, the Group had investment management accounts amounting to approximately £1,107m 
(2018: £985m). Additionally, the Group provides investment advisory services.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
87

(e) Financial assets and liabilities
The tables below set out the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities into their respective classifications:

At 31 December 2019

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

At 31 December 2018

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

FVPL
£000

FVOCI
£000

Amortised 
cost
£000

325,908 
46,258 
442,960 
 – 
1,599,053 
 – 
 – 

Total 
carrying
amount
£000

325,908 
46,258 
442,960 
1,804 
1,599,053 
4,625 
30,919 

Fair 
value
£000

325,908 
46,258 
442,926 
1,804 
1,566,715 
4,625 
30,919 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
30,754 

30,754 

2,414,179 

2,451,527 

2,419,155 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

230,421 
 – 
2,084,903 
 – 
36,837 

230,421 
319 
2,084,903 
2,023 
36,837 

230,421 
319 
2,084,903 
2,023 
36,837 

2,352,161 

2,354,503 

2,354,503 

Amortised 
cost
£000

405,325 
54,173 
342,691 
 – 
1,224,656 
 – 
 – 

Total 
carrying
amount
£000

405,325 
54,173 
342,691 
1,846 
1,224,656 
2,976 
35,351 

Fair 
value
£000

405,325 
54,173 
344,001 
1,846 
1,187,408 
2,976 
35,351 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
35,186 

35,186 

2,026,845 

2,067,018 

2,031,080 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

232,675
 – 
1,714,286
 – 
13,283

232,675 
188 
1,714,286 
1,782 
13,283 

232,675 
188 
1,714,286 
1,782 
13,283 

1,960,244 

1,962,214 

1,962,214 

 – 
 – 
 – 
1,804 
 – 
4,625 
165 

6,594 

 – 
319 
 – 
2,023 
 – 

2,342 

 – 
 – 
 – 
1,846 
 – 
2,976 
165 

4,987 

 – 
188 
 – 
1,782 
 – 

1,970 

FVPL
£000

FVOCI
£000

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

Valuation of financial instruments
The Group measures the fair value of an instrument using quoted prices in an active market for that instrument. A market is regarded 
as active if quoted prices are readily and regularly available and represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions. If a 
market for a financial instrument is not active, the Group establishes fair value using a valuation technique. These include the use of 
recent arm’s length transactions, reference to other instruments that are substantially the same for which market observable prices 
exist, net present value and discounted cash flow analysis. The objective of valuation techniques is to determine the fair value of the 
financial instrument at the reporting date as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly 
transaction between market participants. In the event that fair values of assets and liabilities cannot be reliably measured, they are 
carried at cost.

The Group measures fair value using the following fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used in  
making measurements:

•  Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 

•  Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as 
prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices). This category includes instruments valued using: quoted market prices in active 
markets for similar instruments; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are considered less than active; or 
other valuation techniques in which all significant inputs are directly or indirectly observable from market data.

•  Level 3: Inputs that are unobservable. This category includes all instruments for which the valuation technique includes inputs not 

based on observable data and the unobservable inputs have a significant effect on the instrument’s valuation. This category includes 
instruments that are valued based on quoted prices for similar instruments for which significant unobservable adjustments or 
assumptions are required to reflect differences between the instruments.

The consideration of factors such as the magnitude and frequency of trading activity, the availability of prices and the size of bid/offer 
spreads assists in the judgement as to whether a market is active. If, in the opinion of management, a significant proportion of the 
instrument’s carrying amount is driven by unobservable inputs, the instrument in its entirety is classified as valued using significant 
unobservable inputs. ‘Unobservable’ in this context means that there is little or no current market data available from which to 
determine the level at which an arm’s length transaction would be likely to occur. It generally does not mean that there is no market 
data available at all upon which to base a determination of fair value (consensus pricing data may, for example, be used). 

The tables below analyse assets and liabilities measured at fair value by the level in the fair value hierarchy into which the 
measurement is categorised:

At 31 December 2019

ASSETS
Derivative financial instruments
Financial investments
Investment properties

LIABILITIES
Derivative financial instruments
Other liabilities (contingent consideration)

Level 1
£000

 – 
29,117 
 – 

29,117 

 – 
 – 

 – 

Level 2
£000

Level 3
£000

1,804 
 – 
 – 

1,804 

319 
 – 

319 

 – 
1,802 
6,763 

8,565 

 – 
1,528 

1,528 

Total
£000

1,804 
30,919 
6,763 

39,486 

319 
1,528 

1,847 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2018

ASSETS
Derivative financial instruments
Financial investments
Investment properties

LIABILITIES
Derivative financial instruments
Other liabilities (contingent consideration)

Level 1
£000

 – 
34,223 
 – 

34,223 

 – 
 – 

 – 

Level 2
£000

1,846 
 – 
 – 

1,846 

188 
 – 

188 

Level 3
£000

 – 
1,128 
67,081 

68,209 

 – 
3,643 

3,643 

89

Total
£000

1,846 
35,351 
67,081 

104,278 

188 
3,643 

3,831 

There were no transfers between level 1 and level 2 during the year.

The following table reconciles the movement in level 3 financial instruments measured at fair value (financial investments) during  
the year:

Movement in level 3

At 1 January
Consideration received
Disposals
Transfer to inventory
Movements recognised in Other Comprehensive Income
Movements recognised in the Income Statement

At 31 December

2019
£000

68,209 
3,083 
 – 
(63,219)
502 
(10)

8,565 

2018
£000

61,642 
7,805 
(1,403)
 – 
135 
30 

68,209 

Secure Trust bank investment
The Group currently holds equity shares in Secure Trust Bank plc, valued at £29.1m (2018: £34.2m). The shares are recognised at fair 
value using quoted prices on the London Stock Exchange.

Visa Inc. investment
Arbuthnot Latham currently holds preference shares in Visa Inc., valued at £1.2m (2018: £0.9m) as at 31 December 2019. These shares 
have been valued at their future conversion value into Visa Inc. common stock. The valuation includes a 31% haircut, comprising 25% 
due to a contingent liability disclosed in Visa Europe’s accounts in relation to litigation and 6% based on a liquidity discount.

Investment in overseas property company
Arbuthnot Latham currently holds a debt and equity investment classified as FVPL in a property company which owns an office 
building through its 100% owned subsidiary. During 2018 the subsidiary company was sold. Under the terms of the sale agreement the 
buyer agreed to purchase 100% of the share capital and reimburse all outstanding loans. The proceeds of the sale have been 
distributed to the investors, except for the amount withheld for the general and specific warranties (which will be released in three 
instalments at 18 month intervals) included as a condition of the sale agreement. A loss of £8k (2018: gain of £75k) has been 
recognised in profit or loss during the year. The investment has been valued at £156k (2018: £165k) based on the discounted 
consideration outstanding less 11% hair cut for the warranties. 

Hetz Ventures, L.P.
Arbuthnot Latham currently holds an equity investment in Hetz Ventures, L.P. which was launched in January 2018. The primary 
objective was to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns for its Partners, principally through long-term capital appreciation, by 
making, holding and disposing of equity and equity-related investments in early stage revenue generating Israeli technology companies, 
primarily in cyber, fin-tech and the disruptive software sectors. The company has committed to a capital contribution of USD $1.0m of 
the total closing fund capital of USD$55.0m. At 31 December 2019 the company had made capital contributions into the Fund of 
$394k (2018: $168k).

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

The investment is classified as FVOCI and is valued at fair value by Hetz Ventures, L.P. at £0.5m (2018: £0.1m). As at year end the fair 
value is deemed to be cost less management fees due to the immature stage of investments that have been made by the Fund.

The tables below analyse financial instruments not measured at fair value by the level in the fair value hierarchy:

Group
At 31 December 2019

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Group
At 31 December 2018

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Level 1
£000

Level 2
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

325,908 
46,258 
442,960 
1,296,427 
 – 

2,111,553 

230,421 
2,084,903 
 – 
 – 

2,315,324 

Level 1
£000

Level 2
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

405,325 
54,173 
342,691 
996,198 
 – 

1,798,387 

232,675 
1,714,286 
 – 
 – 

1,946,961 

Level 3
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 
302,626 
4,625 

307,251 

 – 
 – 
2,023 
36,837 

38,860 

Level 3
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 
228,458 
2,976 

231,434 

 – 
 – 
1,782 
13,283 

15,065 

Total
£000

325,908 
46,258 
442,960 
1,599,053 
4,625 

2,418,804 

230,421 
2,084,903 
2,023 
36,837 

2,354,184 

Total
£000

405,325 
54,173 
342,691 
1,224,656 
2,976 

2,029,821 

232,675 
1,714,286 
1,782 
13,283 

1,962,026 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
91

Total
£000

15,316 
24,239 

39,555 

1,113 
36,837 

37,950 

Total
£000

17,008 

17,008 

1,838 
13,283 

15,121 

Level 1
£000

Level 2
£000

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

6 
 – 

6 

 – 
 – 

–

Level 1
£000

Level 2
£000

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

6 

6 

 – 
 – 

–

Level 3
£000

15,310 
24,239 

39,549 

1,113 
36,837 

37,950 

Level 3
£000

17,002 

17,002 

1,838 
13,283 

15,121 

Company
At 31 December 2019

ASSETS
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost

LIABILITIES
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Company
At 31 December 2018

ASSETS
Loans and advances to banks

LIABILITIES
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

7. Capital management (unaudited)

The Group’s capital management policy is focused on optimising shareholder value. There is a clear focus on delivering organic growth 
and ensuring capital resources are sufficient to support planned levels of growth. The Board regularly reviews the capital position. 

The Group, and individual banking operation, are authorised by the Prudential Regulation Authority and regulated by the Financial 
Conduct Authority and the Prudential Regulation Authority and are subject to EU Capital Requirement Regulation (EU No.575/2013) 
(“CRR”) and the PRA Rulebook for CRR firms. One of the requirements for the Group and the individual banking operation is that 
capital resources must be in excess of capital requirements at all times. 

In accordance with the EU’s Capital Requirements Directive (EU No.36/2013) and the required parameters set out in the PRA 
Rulebook, the ICAAP is embedded in the risk management framework of the Group. The ICAAP identifies and assesses the risks to the 
Group, considers how these risks can be mitigated and demonstrates that the Group has sufficient resources, after mitigating actions, 
to withstand all reasonable scenarios. 

Not all material risks can be mitigated by capital, but where capital is appropriate the Board has adopted a “Pillar 1 plus” approach to 
determine the level of capital the Group needs to hold. This method takes the Pillar 1 capital requirement for credit, market and 
operational risk as a starting point, and then considers whether each of the calculations delivers a sufficient amount of capital to cover 
risks to which the Group is, or could be, exposed. Where the Board considers that the Pillar 1 calculations do not adequately cover the 
risks an additional Pillar 2A capital requirement is applied. The PRA will set a Pillar 2A capital requirement in light of the calculations 
included within the ICAAP. The Group’s Total Capital Requirement, as issued by the PRA, is the sum of the minimum capital 
requirements under the CRR (Pillar 1) and the Pillar 2A requirement. The current TCR of the Group is 9.12%.

The Group’s regulatory capital is divided into two tiers:

•  Common equity Tier 1 which comprises shareholder funds less regulatory deductions for intangible assets, including goodwill, 
deferred tax assets that do not arise from temporary differences, and a portion of the Group’s non-significant investment in a 
financial institution (STB). The portion of the STB investment deducted from common equity tier 1 capital is calculated in 
accordance with EU CRR thresholds.

•  Tier 2 comprises qualifying subordinated loans.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

7. Capital management (unaudited) (continued)

The following table shows the regulatory capital resources as managed by the Group:

CET1 Capital 
Share capital
Capital redemption reserve
Treasury shares
Retained earnings*
IFRS 9 – Transitional add back
Fair value reserve
Deduction for goodwill
Deduction for other intangibles
Deduction for deferred tax asset that do not arise from temporary differences
Deduction for significant investment**
Deduction for non-significant investment**
Deduction for Prudent valuation

CET1 capital resources

Tier 2 Capital
Debt securities in issue

Total Tier 2 capital resources

2019
£000

2018
£000

154 
19 
(1,214)
209,171 
1,109 
205 
(5,202)
(14,880)
(1,502)
– 
(10,183)
(33)

177,644 

36,837 

36,837 

153 
20 
(1,131)
209,083 
1,986 
(12,169)
(5,202)
(11,336)
–
(16,082)
– 
(38)

165,284 

13,283 

13,283 

Own Funds (sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2)

214,481 

178,567 

CET1 Capital Ratio (CET1 Capital/Total Risk Exposure)*

Total Capital Ratio (Own Funds/Total Risk Exposure)*

*  Includes year-end verified profit.

14.4%

17.3%

15.9%

17.2%

** At 31 December 2019 the Group’s investment in STB is a non-significant investment in accordance with the CRR (2018: significant investment). 

The ICAAP includes a summary of the capital required to mitigate the identified risks in the Group’s regulated entities and the amount 
of capital that the Group has available. The PRA sets a Pillar 2A capital requirement in light of the calculations included within the 
ICAAP. The Group’s Total Capital Requirement, as issued by the PRA, is the sum of the minimum capital requirements under the CRR 
(Pillar 1) and the Pillar 2A requirement. 

Capital ratios are reviewed on a monthly basis to ensure that external requirements are adhered to. During the period all regulated 
entities have complied with all of the externally imposed capital requirements to which they are subject.

Pillar 3 complements the minimum capital requirements (Pillar 1) and the supervisory review process (Pillar 2). Its aim is to encourage 
market discipline by developing a set of disclosure requirements which will allow market participants to assess key pieces of 
information on a firm’s capital, risk exposures and risk assessment processes. Our Pillar 3 disclosures for the year ended 31 December 
2019 are published as a separate document on the Group website under Investor Relations (Announcements & Shareholder Info).

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
93

8. Net interest income

Interest income and expense are recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income for all instruments measured at amortised cost 
using the effective interest rate (“EIR”) method.

The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the 
financial instrument to:

•  the gross carrying amount of the financial asset; or

•  the amortised cost of the financial liability.

The ‘gross carrying amount of a financial asset’ is the amortised cost of a financial asset before adjusting for any expected credit loss 
allowance. When calculating the effective interest rate, the Group takes into account all contractual terms of the financial instrument 
but does not consider expected credit losses. 

The calculation includes all fees paid or received between parties to the contract that are an integral part of the effective interest rate, 
transaction costs and all other premiums or discounts. The carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability is adjusted if the 
Group revises its estimates of payments or receipts. The adjusted carrying amount is calculated based on the original effective interest 
rate and the change in carrying amount is recorded as interest income or expense.

For financial assets that have become credit impaired following initial recognition, interest income is calculated by applying the 
effective interest rate to the amortised cost of the financial asset. If the asset is no longer credit impaired, then the calculation of interest 
income reverts to the gross basis.

The Group monitors the actual cash flows for each acquired book and where they diverge significantly from expectation, the future 
cash flows are reset. Expectation may diverge due to factors such as one-off payments or expected credit losses. In assessing whether to 
adjust future cash flows on an acquired portfolio, the Group considers the cash variance on an absolute and percentage basis. The 
Group also considers the total variance across all acquired portfolios. Where cash flows for an acquired portfolio are reset, they are 
discounted at the EIR to derive a new carrying value, with changes taken to the Statement of Comprehensive Income as interest 
income. The EIR rate is adjusted for events where there is a change to the reference interest rate (e.g. Bank of England base rate) 
affecting portfolios with a variable interest rate which will impact future cash flows. The revised EIR is the rate which exactly 
discounts the revised cash flows to the net carrying value of the loan portfolio.

Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Loans and advances to customers

Interest Income

Deposits from banks
Deposits from customers
Debt securities in issue
Interest on lease assets

Interest expense

Net interest income

2019
£000

3,112 
418 
5,265 
68,075 

76,870 

(1,687)
(13,516)
(2,054)
(976)

(18,233)

2018
£000

2,264 
2,703 
3,303 
57,020 

65,290 

(1,517)
(8,224)
(366)
 – 

(10,107)

58,637 

55,183 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201994

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

9. Fee and commission income

Fee and commission income which is integral to the EIR of a financial asset are included in the effective interest rate (see note 8).

All other fee and commission income is recognised as the related services are performed, under IFRS 15, revenues from Contracts with 
Customers. Fee and commission income is reported in the below segments.

Types of fee

Description

Banking commissions

–  Banking Tariffs are charged monthly for services provided.

Investment management fees 

–  Annual asset management fees relate to a single performance obligation that is continuously 

provided over an extended period of time.

Wealth planning fees 

–  Provision of bespoke, independent Wealth Planning solutions to Arbuthnot Latham’s clients to  

Foreign exchange fees

–  Provides foreign currencies for our clients to purchase/sell.

help them achieve their long-term financial goals.

The principles in applying IFRS 15 to fee and commission use the following 5 step model:

•  identify the contract(s) with a customer;

•  identify the performance obligations in the contract;

•  determine the transaction price;

•  allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

•  recognise revenue when or as the Group satisfies its performance obligations.

Asset and other management, advisory and service fees are recognised, under IFRS 15, as the related services are performed. The same 
principle is applied for wealth planning services that are continuously provided over an extended period of time. 

The Group includes the transaction price of variable consideration only when it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the 
amount recognised will not occur or when the variable element becomes certain.

Fee and commission income is disaggregated below and includes a total for fees in scope of IFRS 15: 

Group
At 31 December 2019

Banking commissions
Foreign exchange fees
Investment management fees
Wealth planning fees

Private 
Banking
£000

Commercial 
Banking
£000

716 
494 
8,474 
1,043 

820 
342 
 – 
 – 

Total fee and commission income

10,727 

1,162 

Group
At 31 December 2018

Banking commissions
Foreign exchange fees
Investment management fees
Wealth planning fees

Total fee and commission income

Private 
Banking
£000

Commercial 
Banking
£000

747 
558 
8,177 
1,404 

10,886 

617 
232 
 – 
 – 

849 

RAF
£000

219 
 – 
 – 
 – 

219 

RAF
£000

151 
 – 
 – 
 – 

151 

ACABL
£000

ASFL
£000

All other 
divisions
£000

1,380 
 – 
 – 
 – 

1,380 

1 
 – 
 – 
 – 

1 

–
444
 – 
2 

446 

ACABL
£000

ASFL
£000

All other 
divisions
£000

220 
 – 
 – 
 – 

220 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

537 
1 
312 

850 

Total
£000

3,136 
1,280 
8,474 
1,045 

13,935 

Total
£000

1,735 
1,327 
8,178 
1,716 

12,956 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201995

10. Net impairment loss on financial assets

(a) Assets carried at amortised cost
The Group recognises loss allowances on an expected credit loss basis for all financial assets measured at amortised cost, including 
loans and advances, debt securities and loan commitments.

Credit loss allowances are measured as an amount equal to lifetime ECL, except for the following assets, for which they are measured 
as 12 month ECL:

•  Financial assets determined to have a low credit risk at the reporting date. The assets to which the low credit risk exemption applies, 
include cash and balances at central banks (note 17), loans and advances to banks (note 18) and debt securities at amortised cost 
(note 19). These assets are all considered investment grade.

•  Financial assets which have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since their initial recognition. 

Impairment model
The IFRS 9 impairment model adopts a three stage approach based on the extent of credit deterioration since origination:

Stage 1: 12-month ECL applies to all financial assets that have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk (“SICR”) since 
origination and are not credit impaired. The ECL will be computed based on the probability of default events occurring over the next 
12 months. Stage 1 includes the current performing loans (up to date and in arrears of less than 10 days) and those within Heightened 
Business Monitoring (“HBM”). Accounts requiring HBM are classified as a short-term deterioration in financial circumstances and are 
tightly monitored with additional proactive client engagement, but not deemed SICR.

A financial asset is within HBM where:

•  A loan is in arrears between 10 and 30 days;

•  Bankers become aware of signs of potential future difficulties, such as 

–  cash flow difficulties

–  unexpected hard core borrowing

–  regular requests for excesses

–  returned cheques

–  lack of engagement/failure to respond to information requests

–  breach of covenants/conditions

–  county court judgements

Stage 2: When a financial asset experiences a SICR subsequent to origination, but is not in default, it is considered to be in Stage 2. 
This requires the computation of ECL based on the probability of all possible default events occurring over the remaining life of the 
financial asset. Provisions are higher in this stage (except where the value of charge against the financial asset is sufficient to enable 
recovery in full) because of an increase in credit risk and the impact of a longer time horizon being considered (compared to 12 months 
in Stage 1). 

Evidence that a financial asset has experienced a SICR includes the following considerations:

•  A loan is in arrears between 31 and 90 days;

•  Forbearance action has been undertaken;

Stage 3: Financial assets that are credit impaired are included in this stage. Similar to Stage 2, the allowance for credit losses will 
continue to capture the lifetime expected credit losses. At each reporting date, the Group will assess whether financial assets carried at 
amortised cost are in default. A financial asset will be considered to be in default when an event(s) that has a detrimental impact on 
estimated future cash flows have occurred. 

Evidence that a financial asset is within Stage 3 includes the following data:

•  A loan is in arrears in excess of 90 days;

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201996

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

10. Net impairment loss on financial assets (continued)

•  Breach of terms of forbearance;

•  Recovery action is in hand; or

•  Bankruptcy proceedings or similar insolvency process of a client, or director of a company.

The credit risk of financial assets that become credit impaired are not expected to improve such that they are no longer considered 
credit impaired.

A borrower will move back into Stage 1 conditional upon both a minimum of 6 months’ good account conduct and the improvement 
of the client’s situation to the extent that the credit risk has receded sufficiently and a full repayment of the loan, without recourse to 
the collateral, is likely.

Presentation of allowance for ECL in the Statement of Financial Position
For financial assets measured at amortised cost, these are presented as the gross carrying amount of the assets minus a deduction for 
the ECL.

Write-off
Loans and debt securities are written off (either partially or in full) when there is no realistic prospect of recovery. This is the case when 
the Group determines that the borrower does not have assets or sources of income that could generate sufficient cash flows to repay 
the outstanding amount due.

(b) Renegotiated loans
Loans that are not individually significant, and whose terms have been renegotiated, are no longer considered to be past due and are 
treated as new loans.

(c) Forbearance
Under certain circumstances, the Group may use forbearance measures to assist borrowers who are experiencing significant financial 
hardship. Any forbearance support is assessed on a case by case basis in line with best practice and subject to regular monitoring and 
review. The Group seeks to ensure that any forbearance results in a fair outcome for both the customer and the Group.

(d) Assets classified as financial investments
Equity instruments at fair value through Other Comprehensive Income
Equity investments are not subject to impairment charges recognised in the Income Statement. Any fair value gains and losses are 
recognised in OCI which are not subject to reclassification to the Income Statement on derecognition. 

Debt instruments at FVOCI 
Changes in fair value are recognised in OCI, the loss allowance will be recognised in OCI and shall not reduce the carrying amount of 
the financial asset in the Statement of Financial Position. Impairment costs will be recognised in the profit or loss with a corresponding 
entry to OCI. On derecognition, cumulative gains and losses in OCI are reclassified to the profit or loss.

Net Impairment losses on loans and advances to customers

Of which:
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3

During the year, the Group recovered £103k (2018: £41k) of loans which had previously been written off.

2019
£000

867 

(1,099)
(37)
1,929 

867 

2018
£000

2,731 

821 
 – 
1,910 

2,731 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
97

11. Other income

Other income includes a fair value adjustment of £1.5m (2018: £2.6m), to the contingent consideration for the acquisition of 
Renaissance Asset Finance Ltd. The fair value adjustment is based on management’s assessment of the underlying performance of the 
business and reflects a reduction in the estimated future liability payable under the sale and purchase agreement.

Other items reflected in other income include rental income from the investment properties (see Note 30) of £2.1m (2018: £2.6m), 
premises recharges of £0.2m (2018: £0.7m) to STB for office space occupied and dividends received on the shares held in STB of 
£1.5m (2018: £0.7m), since de-recognition as an associate undertaking.

Accounting for rental income
Rental income is recognised on a straight line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives granted are recognised as an integral 
part of the total rental income over the term of the lease.

12. Operating expenses

Operating expenses comprise:

Staff costs, including Directors:
 Wages, salaries and bonuses
 Social security costs
 Pension costs
 Share based payment transactions (note 39)

Amortisation of intangibles (note 27)
Depreciation (note 28)
Financial Services Compensation Scheme Levy
Operating lease rentals
Operating expenses for investment property
Acquisitions costs
Other administrative expenses

Total operating expenses from continuing operations

Details on Directors remuneration are disclosed in the Remuneration Report on page 37.

Remuneration of the auditor and its associates, excluding VAT, was as follows:

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for other services:

Audit of the accounts of subsidiaries
Audit related assurance services
Other assurance services
Other non-audit services

Total fees payable

The 2019 fee is payable to Mazars LLP and the 2018 fee was payable to KPMG LLP.

2019
£000

39,169 
4,313 
1,980 
249 
2,008 
1,441 
228 
368 
 – 
– 
20,430 

70,186 

2019
£000

105 

285 
100 
 – 
 – 

490 

2018
£000

37,051 
4,176 
1,842 
(318)
1,752 
1,122 
113 
3,143 
282 
378 
15,441 

64,982 

2018
£000

112 

323 
160 
10 
10 

615 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
98

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

13. Income tax expense

Current income tax which is payable on taxable profits is recognised as an expense in the period in which the profits arise. Income tax 
recoverable on tax allowable losses is recognised as an asset only to the extent that it is regarded as recoverable by offset against 
current or future taxable profits.

United Kingdom corporation tax at 19% (2018: 19%)

Current taxation
Corporation tax charge – current year
Corporation tax charge – adjustments in respect of prior years

Deferred taxation
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Income tax expense

Tax reconciliation
Profit before tax
Tax at 19% (2018: 19%)
Permanent difference – Tax on associate income
Other permanent differences
Prior period adjustments

Corporation tax charge for the year

2019
£000

1,000 
148 

1,148 

(105)
(208)

(313)

835 

7,011 
1,332 
 – 
(437)
(60)

835 

2018
£000

620 
132 

752 

350 
19 

369 

1,121 

6,780 
1,288 
(854)
536 
151 

1,121 

Permanent differences mainly relate to deferred consideration adjustments for RAF and dividends received from STB.

The tax charge on discontinuing operations in 2018 is disclosed in note 14.

On 6 September 2016 the Government substantively enacted a reduction in the UK corporation tax rate from 19% to 17% (effective 
from 1 April 2020). However, before the general election that took place on 12 December 2019, the Conservative Party said that the 
corporation tax rate will no longer reduce, if they remained in government. It is expected that this will be enacted in early 2020, after 
being confirmed in the Budget speech on 11 March 2020. 

14. Discontinued operations

A discontinued operation is a component of the Group’s business, the operations and cash flows of which can be clearly distinguished 
from the rest of the Group and which: 

•  represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations;

•  is part of a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations; or

•  is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to re-sale.

Classification as a discontinued operation occurs on disposal or when the operation meets the criteria to be classified as held for sale, if 
earlier. When an operation is classified as a discontinued operation, the comparative Statement of Comprehensive Income is re-
presented as if the operation had been discontinued from the start of the comparative year.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
99

The profit after tax from discontinued operations is made up as follows:

Discontinued operations

Profit after tax from discontinued operations – STB associate income (up to 8 August 2018)
Loss after tax on de-recognition of STB

Loss after tax from discontinued operations

Year ended 
31 December
2019
£000

Year ended 
31 December
2018
£000

 – 
 – 

 – 

2,971 
(28,663)

(25,692)

During 2018 Sir Henry Angest and Andrew Salmon resigned their positions on the board of Secure Trust Bank PLC (“STB”) and the 
Group does not have the right to appoint any future directors to the board of STB. As a result of this the Group was deemed to no 
longer have significant influence over the associated company and thus the shareholding was recognised as a financial investment.  
This required the investment to be marked to market since 2018. Given the decline in the share price of STB over the previous years, 
this assessment resulted in a mark to market loss of £28.7m. This loss, together with the profit from associate for the period up to 8 
August 2018, was reflected as a discontinued operation as the income was previously shown as a separately reported operating 
segment.

15. Average number of employees

Private Banking
Commercial Banking
RAF
All Other Divisions
Group Centre

2019

134
57
31
229
19

470

2018

135
46
26
182
17

406

Accounting for employee benefits
(a) Post-retirement obligations
The Group contributes to a defined contribution scheme and to individual defined contribution schemes for the benefit of certain 
employees. The schemes are funded through payments to insurance companies or trustee-administered funds at the contribution rates 
agreed with individual employees.

The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognised as an 
employee benefit expense when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a 
reduction in the future payments is available.

There are no post-retirement benefits other than pensions.

(b) Share-based compensation – cash settled
The Group adopts a Black-Scholes valuation model in calculating the fair value of the share options as adjusted for an attrition rate for 
members of the scheme and a probability of pay-out reflecting the risk of not meeting the terms of the scheme over the vesting period. 
The number of share options that are expected to vest are reviewed at least annually.

The fair value of cash settled share-based payments is recognised as personnel expenses in the profit or loss with a corresponding 
increase in liabilities over the vesting period. The liability is remeasured at each reporting date and at settlement date based on the fair 
value of the options granted, with a corresponding adjustment to personnel expenses.

(c) Deferred cash bonus scheme
The Bank has a deferred cash bonus scheme for senior employees. The cost of the award is recognised to the Income Statement over 
the period to which the performance relates.

(d) Short-term incentive plan
The Group has a short-term incentive plan payable to employees of one of its subsidiary companies. The award of a profit share is 
based on a percentage of the net profit of a Group subsidiary.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019100

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

16. Earnings per ordinary share

Basic
Basic earnings per ordinary share are calculated by dividing the profit after tax attributable to equity holders of the Company by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares 14,979,812 (2018: 14,889,048) in issue during the year (this includes Ordinary shares 
and Ordinary Non-Voting shares). On 17 May 2019 the Company issued 152,621 Ordinary Non-Voting shares, of which 3,902 were 
allocated to treasury shares. On 10 September the Company purchased another 7,408 Ordinary Non-Voting shares into treasury.

Diluted
Diluted earnings per ordinary share are calculated by dividing the dilutive profit after tax attributable to equity holders of the 
Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, as well as the number of dilutive share options 
in issue during the year. The number of dilutive share options in issue at the year end was nil (2018: nil).

Profit & dilutive profit attributable

Total profit/(loss) after tax attributable to equity holders of the Company
Profit after tax from continuing operations attributable to equity holders of the Company
Loss after tax from discontinued operations attributable to equity holders of the Company

Basic & Diluted Earnings per share

Total Basic Earnings per share
Basic Earnings per share from continuing operations
Basic Earnings per share from discontinued operations

17. Cash and balances at central banks

Group

Cash and balances at central banks

ECL has been assessed to be immaterial. 

2019
£000

6,176 
6,176 
– 

2019
p

41.2 
41.2 
– 

2019
£000

2018
£000

(20,033)
5,659 
(25,692)

2018
p

(134.5)
38.0 
(172.5)

2018
£000

 325,908

405,325

Surplus funds are mainly held in the Bank of England reserve account, with the remainder held in certificates of deposit, fixed and 
floating rate notes and money market deposits in investment grade banks. 

18. Loans and advances to banks

Group

Placements with banks included in cash and cash equivalents (note 41)

2019
£000

46,258

2018
£000

54,173

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019The table below presents an analysis of loans and advances to banks by rating agency designation as at 31 December, based on 
Moody’s short and long term ratings:

Group

Aaa
Aa3
A1
A2
A3
Baa1
Baa2
Unrated

None of the loans and advances to banks are past due (2018: nil). ECL has been assessed as immaterial.

Company

Placements with banks included in cash and cash equivalents (note 41)

2019
£000

–
30,834
306
13,961
20
393
736
8

46,258

2019
£000

15,316

101

2018
£000

709
42,230
8,880
1,906
10
430
 – 
8

54,173

2018
£000

17,008

Loans and advances to banks include bank balances of £15.3m (2018: £17.0m) with Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd. ECL has been 
assessed as immaterial.

19. Debt securities at amortised cost

Debt securities represent certificates of deposit. 

The movement in debt securities may be summarised as follows:

Group

At 1 January
Exchange difference
Additions
Redemptions

At 31 December

2019
£000

342,691 
(27,372)
847,378 
(719,737)

442,960 

2018
£000

227,019 
4,783 
467,772 
(356,883)

342,691 

The table below presents an analysis of debt securities by rating agency designation at 31 December, based on Moody’s long term ratings:

Group

Aaa
Aa1
Aa2
Aa3
A1
A2

None of the debt securities are past due (2018: nil). ECL has been assessed as immaterial.

2019
£000

163,788 
11,390 
205,812 
50,238 
11,732 
 – 

442,960 

2018
£000

76,281 
84,218 
32,325 
56,046 
75,657 
18,164 

342,691 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
102

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

19. Debt securities at amortised cost (continued)

The movement in debt securities for the Company may be summarised as follows:

Company

Additions

Interest

Redemptions

At 31 December

2019
£000

25,000 

1,264 

(2,025)

24,239 

2018
£000

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

The exposure relates to Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited, which is unrated. The subordinated loan notes were issued on 3 June 2019 
and are denominated in Pound Sterling. The principal amount outstanding at 31 December 2019 was £25,000,000 (2018: £nil). The 
notes carry interest at 7.75% over the three month LIBOR rate and are repayable at par in June 2029 unless redeemed or repurchased 
earlier by Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited. ECL has been assessed as immaterial.

20. Assets classified as held for sale

Assets, or disposal groups comprising assets and liabilities, that are expected to be recovered primarily through sale rather than 
through continuing use, are classified as held for sale. 

The criteria that the Group uses to determine whether an asset is held for sale under IFRS 5 include, but are not limited to  
the following:

•  Management is committed to a plan to sell

•  The asset is available for immediate sale

•  An active programme to locate a buyer is initiated

•  The sale is highly probable, within 12 months of classification as held for sale

•  The asset is being actively marketed for sale at a sales price reasonable in relation to its fair value

Current assets held for sale are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell except where 
measurement and remeasurement is outside the scope of IFRS 5. Where investments that have initially been recognised as current assets 
held for sale, because the Group has been deemed to hold a controlling stake, are subsequently disposed of or diluted such that the 
Group’s holding is no longer deemed a controlling stake, the investment will subsequently be reclassified as fair value through profit or 
loss or fair value through other comprehensive income investments in accordance with IFRS 9. Subsequent movements will be 
recognised in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy for the newly adopted classification.

Once classified as held for sale, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment are no longer amortised or depreciated.

Repossessed property held for sale

Group

2019
£000

7,617 

7,617 

2018
£000

8,002 

8,002 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
103

Repossessed property held for sale
In 2017 a property in Spain held as collateral on a loan was repossessed. At the time of repossession, it was expected that the property 
would be sold in 12 months and so it was recognised as held for sale. A sale was not possible during the year, due to factors outside  
of the Group’s control, however, as a sale is assessed to be probable within 12 months, it has been recognised as held for sale with  
a carrying value of £3.0m (2018: £3.1m).

In 2018 a further property in Spain held as collateral on a loan, valued in 2019 at £4.6m (2018: £4.9m) was repossessed. The Group’s 
policy is to pursue timely realisation of the collateral in an orderly manner. The property is recognised as an asset held for sale.

All repossessed property is expected to be sold within 12 months and is therefore recognised as held for sale.

21. Derivative financial instruments

All derivatives are recognised at their fair value. Fair values are obtained using recent arm’s length transactions or calculated using 
valuation techniques such as discounted cash flow models at the prevailing interest rates, and for structured notes classified as financial 
instruments fair values are obtained from quoted market prices in active markets. Derivatives are shown in the Statement of Financial 
Position as assets when their fair value is positive and as liabilities when their fair value is negative. 

Group

Currency swaps
Interest rate swaps
Structured notes

2019

2018

Contract/notional
amount
£000

Fair value 
assets
£000

Fair value
liabilities
£000

Contract/notional
amount
£000

Fair value 
assets
£000

Fair value
liabilities
£000

8,671
25,530
1,644

35,845

105
 – 
1,699

1,804

101
218
 – 

319

4,929
25,762
1,607

32,298

192
112
1,542

1,846

188
 – 
 – 

188

The principal derivatives used by the Group are over the counter exchange rate contracts. Exchange rate related contracts include 
currency swaps and interest rate swaps. 

A forward foreign exchange contract is an agreement to buy or sell a specified amount of foreign currency on a specified future date at 
an agreed rate. Currency swaps generally involve the exchange of interest payment obligations denominated in different currencies; 
exchange of principal can be notional or actual. The currency swaps are settled net and therefore the fair value is small in comparison 
to the contract/notional amount. Interest rate swaps are used to hedge against the Profit or Loss impact resulting from the movement 
in interest rates, due to some exposures having fixed rate terms.

Also included in derivative financial instruments are structured notes. The Group invested in the structured notes, which are maturing 
in 2021.

The Group only uses investment graded banks as counterparties for derivative financial instruments.

The table below presents an analysis of derivative financial instruments contract/notional amounts by rating agency designation of 
counterparty bank at 31 December, based on Moody’s long term ratings:

Group

A1
A2
Baa1

2019
£000

35,837 
8 
 – 

35,845 

2018
£000

29,601 
2,635 
62 

32,298 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
104

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

22. Loans and advances to customers

Analyses of loans and advances to customers:

Group

Gross loans and advances at 1 January 2019

Originations and repayments
Write-offs
Acquired portfolio
Transfer to Stage 1
Transfer to Stage 2
Transfer to Stage 3

Gross loans and advances at 31 December 2019

Less allowances for ECLs (see Note 23)

Net loans and advances at 31 December 2019

Group

Gross loans and advances at 1 January 2018

Originations
Repayments and write-offs
Transfer to Stage 1
Transfer to Stage 2
Transfer to Stage 3

Gross loans and advances at 31 December 2018

Less allowances for ECLs (see Note 23)

Stage 1
£000

1,161,124

147,411
(49)
252,156
3,659
(50,489)
(7,788)

1,506,024

(526)

1,505,498

Stage 1
£000

992,252

458,825
(266,890)
7,975
(27,929)
(3,109)

1,161,124

(1,606)

2019

Stage 2
£000

32,700

(12,845)
 – 
 – 
(3,659)
50,489
(313)

66,372

(47)

66,325

2018

Stage 2
£000

29,502

 – 
(8,809)
(7,975)
28,975
(8,993)

32,700

(8)

Net loans and advances at 31 December 2018

1,159,518

32,692

For a maturity profile of loans and advances to customers, refer to note 6.

Stage 3
 £000

Total
£000

37,407

1,231,231

(11,134)
(2,927)
 – 
 – 
 – 
8,101

123,432
(2,976)
252,156
 – 
 – 
 – 

31,447

1,603,843

(4,217)

27,230

(4,790)

1,599,053

Stage 3
 £000

Total
£000

28,877

1,050,631

 – 
(2,526)
 – 
(1,046)
12,102

37,407

(4,961)

32,446

458,825
(278,225)
 – 
 – 
 – 

1,231,231

(6,575)

1,224,656

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019105

Loans and advances to customers by division (net of ECL/impairments):

Group

Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3

At 31 December 2019

Group

Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3

At 31 December 2018

2019

Private 
Banking
£000

Commercial 
Banking
£000

Mortgage 
Portfolios
£000

RAF
£000

ACABL
£000

498,221
43,491
26,055

505,518
22,079
23

306,044
 – 
 – 

100,981
755
1,152

567,767

527,620

306,044

102,888

75,871
 – 
 – 

75,871

ASFL
£000

7,352
 – 
 – 

7,352

All Other 
Divisions
£000

Total
£000

11,511
 – 
 – 

1,505,498
66,325
27,230

11,511

1,599,053

2018

Private 
Banking
£000

Commercial 
Banking
£000

Mortgage 
Portfolios
£000

RAF
£000

ACABL
£000

ASFL
£000

All Other 
Divisions
£000

Total
£000

618,486
20,034
31,944

431,630
11,478
 – 

670,464

443,108

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

84,276
1,180
502

85,958

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

25,126
 – 
 – 

1,159,518
32,692
32,446

25,126

1,224,656

Analyses of past due loans and advances to customers by division:

Group

Up to 30 days
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
30 – 60 days
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
60 – 90 days
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Over 90 days
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3

Private 
Banking
£000

Commercial 
Banking
£000

Mortgage 
Portfolios
£000

16,911
13,525
3,386
 – 
1,899
 – 
1,899
 – 
70
 – 
70
 – 
42,567
 – 
19,705
22,862

15,872
15,864
8
 – 
35
35
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
19,306
 – 
8,959
10,347

5,196
5,196
 – 
 – 
2,404
2,404
 – 
 – 
1,688
1,688
 – 
 – 
21,516
21,516
 – 
 – 

2019

RAF
£000

1,608
1,395
1
212
526
151
203
172
342
110
128
104
1,333
69
258
1,006

At 31 December

61,447

35,213

30,804

3,809

ACABL
£000

ASFL
£000

All Other 
Divisions
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

Total
£000

39,587
35,980
3,395
212
4,864
2,590
2,102
172
2,100
1,798
198
104
84,722
21,585
28,922
34,215

131,273

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019106

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

22. Loans and advances to customers (continued)

Analyses of past due loans and advances to customers by division:

Group

Up to 30 days
 Stage 1
 Stage 2
 Stage 3
30 – 60 days
 Stage 2
 Stage 3
60 – 90 days
 Stage 2
 Stage 3
Over 90 days
 Stage 2
 Stage 3

Private 
Banking
£000

Commercial 
Banking
£000

Mortgage 
Portfolios
£000

47,766
47,766
 – 
 – 
662
662
 – 
385
385
 – 
49,415
12,901
36,514

20,784
20,784
 – 
 – 
2,300
2,300
 – 
4,177
4,177
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

At 31 December

98,228

27,261

Loans and advances to customers include finance lease receivables as follows:

Group

Gross investment in finance lease receivables:
– No later than 1 year
– Later than 1 year and no later than 5 years
– Later than 5 years

Unearned future finance income on finance leases

Net investment in finance leases

The net investment in finance leases may be analysed as follows:
– No later than 1 year
– Later than 1 year and no later than 5 years
– Later than 5 years

2018

RAF
£000

2,519
2,078
154
287
775
565
210
297
175
122
546
272
274

4,137

ACABL
£000

ASFL
£000

All Other 
Divisions
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

2019
£000

40,696 
78,013 
676 
119,385 
(16,497)

102,888 

32,818 
69,441 
629 

102,888 

Total
£000

71,069
70,628
154
287
3,737
3,527
210
4,859
4,737
122
49,961
13,173
36,788

129,626

2018
£000

36,609 
62,541 
214 
99,364 
(13,406)

85,958 

30,657 
55,095 
206 

85,958 

(b) Loans and advances renegotiated
Restructuring activities include external payment arrangements, modification and deferral of payments. Following restructuring,  
a previously overdue customer account is reset to a normal status and managed together with other similar accounts. Restructuring 
policies and practices are based on indicators or criteria which, in the judgement of management, indicate that payment will most 
likely continue. These policies are kept under continuous review. Renegotiated loans that would otherwise be past due or impaired 
totalled £nil (2018: £nil).

(c) Collateral held
Collateral is measured at fair value less costs to sell. Most of the loans are secured by property. The fair value of the collateral held 
against loans and advances in Stage 3 is £38.6m (2018: £43.0m) against loans (net of ECL) of £26.0m (2018: £37.4m). The weighted 
average loan-to-value is 75% (2018: 72.9%). 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23. Allowances for impairment of loans and advances
An analysis of movements in the allowance for ECLs (2019):

Group

At 1 January 2019

Transfer to Stage 2
Transfer to Stage 3
Current year charge
Adjustment due to variation in expected future cash flows
Change in assumptions*
Financial assets that have been derecognised
Repayments and write-offs

At 31 December 2019

Stage 1
£000

1,606 

(2)
(5)
281 
 – 
(1,353)
 – 
 – 

527 

Stage 2
£000

8 

2 
(1)
42 
 – 
 – 
 – 
(4)

47 

Stage 3
£000

4,961 

 – 
5 
903 
134 
223 
(853)
(1,157)

4,216 

107

Total
£000

6,575 

– 
(1)
1,226 
134 
(1,130)
(853)
(1,161)

4,790 

*    The ECL model and assumptions were reviewed resulting in a revised basis for estimating LGD after taking account of collateral values. This has 

resulted in a release of ECL provision of £1.3m in Stage 1 and an increase in ECL provision in Stage 3 of £0.2m.

An analysis of movements in the allowance for ECLs (2018):

Group

At 1 January 2018

Transfer to Stage 2
Transfer to Stage 3
Current year charge
Adjustment due to variation in expected future cash flows
Repayments and write-offs

At 31 December 2018

24. Other assets

Group

Trade receivables
Inventory
Prepayments and accrued income

Stage 1
£000

1,244 

(378)
(81)
821 
 – 
 – 

1,606 

Stage 2
£000

1,178 

378 
(1,548)
 – 
 – 
 – 

8 

Stage 3
£000

1,520 

 – 
1,629 
1,871 
78 
(137)

4,961 

2019
£000

4,625 
75,221 
6,597 

86,443 

Total
£000

3,942 

– 
 – 
2,692 
78 
(137)

6,575 

2018
£000

2,976 
4,058 
5,682 

12,716 

As allowed by IFRS 9, the Group utilises the practical expedient for the stage allocation of particular financial instruments which are 
deemed ‘low credit risk’. This practical expedient permits the Group to assume, without more detailed analysis, that the credit risk on 
a financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition if the financial instrument is determined to have ‘low 
credit’ at the reporting date. The low credit risk exemption is applied to Trade receivables. ECL has been assessed as immaterial.

Inventory
Land acquired through repossession of collateral which is subsequently held in the ordinary course of business with a view to develop 
and sell is accounted for as inventory. The land is currently in the process of being redeveloped and will ultimately be sold off as 
individual residential plots. The proceeds from the sale of these plots will be used to repay the outstanding loans. Pinnacle Universal is 
a special purpose vehicle, 100% owned by the Group, which owns this land.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
108

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

24. Other assets (continued)

Inventory is measured at the lower of cost or net realisable value. The cost of inventories comprises all costs of purchase, costs of 
conversion and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Net realisable value is the 
estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to 
make the sale.

During the year two properties were reclassified from investment property to inventory due to being under development with a view to 
sell. At 31 December 2019 they were valued at cost of £63.2m. A further property in Spain, held as collateral on a loan was repossessed. 
The Group’s intention is to develop and sell the property within 12 months and therefore it has been recognised as inventory.

Company

Prepayments and accrued income

25. Financial investments

Group

Designated at fair value through profit and loss
– Debt securities
Designated at fair value through other comprehensive income
– Listed securities
– Unlisted securities

Total financial investments

2019
£000

115 

115 

2019
£000

156

29,116
1,647

30,919

2018
£000

42 

42 

2018
£000

165

34,222
964

35,351

Listed securities
The Group holds investments in listed securities which are valued based on quoted prices. 

On 8 August 2018, ABG lost significant influence over STB. At this date the interest in associate was de-recognised and the shares held 
in STB were marked to market and disclosed as a financial investment. Since then the shareholding was reduced from 15.53% to 
9.85%. The carrying value at year end is £29.1m (2018: £34.2m) and £1.5m (2018: £0.7m) of dividends were received in the year. 

The shares were designated as FVOCI for strategic reasons. The shares are measured at fair value in the Statement of Financial Position 
with fair value gains/losses recognised in OCI.

Debt securities
The Group has made an investment in an unlisted special purpose vehicle, set up to acquire and enhance the value of a commercial 
property through its 100% owned subsidiary. During 2018 the subsidiary company was sold and under the terms of the sale agreement 
the buyer agreed to purchase 100% of the share capital and reimburse all outstanding loans. The proceeds of the sale have been 
distributed to the investors, except for the amount withheld for the general and specific warranties (which will be released in three 
instalments at 18 month intervals included as a condition of the sale agreement. A distribution of £nil (2018: £1.6m) was received and 
a loss of £9k (2018: gain of £75k) recognised in profit or loss during the year. The investment has been valued at £0.2m (2018: 
£0.2m). These securities are designated at FVPL. They are measured at fair value in the Statement of Financial Position with fair value 
gains/losses recognised in the profit or loss.

Unlisted securities
On 23 June 2016 Arbuthnot Latham received €1.3m cash consideration following Visa Inc.’s completion of the acquisition of Visa 
Europe. As part of the deal Arbuthnot Latham also received preference shares in Visa Inc., these have been valued at their future 
conversion value into Visa Inc. common stock. Management has assessed the fair value of the Group’s investment as £1.2m (2018: 
£863k). This valuation includes a 31% haircut.

The Group has designated its investment in the security as FVOCI. Dividends received during the year amounted to £7k (2018: £7k).

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
109

A further investment in an unlisted investment vehicle was made in 2019. The carrying value at year end is £0.5m (2018: £0.1m) and 
no dividends were received in the year. The increase in value is due to additional contributions to the fund and the successful 
performance of the underlying investments.

All unlisted securities have been designated as FVOCI as they are held for strategic reasons. These securities are measured at fair value 
in the Statement of Financial Position with fair value gains/losses recognised in OCI.

Company

Financial investments comprise:
– Listed securities (at fair value through OCI)
– Unlisted securities (at fair value through OCI)

Total financial investments

26. Deferred taxation

2019
£000

25,913 
 – 

25,913 

2018
£000

19,312 
1 

19,313 

Deferred tax is provided in full on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying 
amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, deferred tax is not accounted for if it arises from the initial recognition of 
goodwill, the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the 
transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent 
that they probably will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been 
enacted or substantively enacted by the Statement of Financial Position date and are expected to apply when the related deferred tax 
asset is realised or the deferred tax liability is settled.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, and they 
relate to taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity, or on different tax entities, when they intend to settle 
current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or the tax assets and liabilities will be realised simultaneously.

Deferred tax assets are recognised where it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary 
differences can be utilised.

The deferred tax asset comprises:

Group

Accelerated capital allowances and other short-term timing differences
Movement in fair value of financial investments FVOCI
Unutilised tax losses
IFRS 9 adjustment

Deferred tax asset

At 1 January
Other Comprehensive Income – FVOCI
Profit and loss account – accelerated capital allowances and other short-term timing differences
Profit and loss account – tax losses
IFRS 9 adjustment

Deferred tax asset at 31 December

2019
£000

(269)
(48)
1,740 
392 

1,815 

1,490 
18 
(202)
729 
(220)

1,815 

2018
£000

(68)
(66)
1,134 
490 

1,490 

1,527 
(26)
(96)
(405)
490 

1,490 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
110

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

26. Deferred taxation (continued)

Company

Accelerated capital allowances and other short-term timing differences
Movement in fair value of financial investments
Unutilised tax losses

Deferred tax asset

At 1 January
Profit and loss account – accelerated capital allowances and other short-term timing differences
Profit and loss account – tax losses

Deferred tax asset at 31 December

2019
£000

1 
112 
278 

391 

113 
111 
167 

391 

2018
£000

2 
 – 
111 

113 

641 
 – 
(528)

113 

Deferred tax assets are recognised for tax losses to the extent that the realisation of the related tax benefit through future taxable 
profits is probable.

27. Intangible assets

(a) Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the 
acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries is included in ‘intangible assets’. Gains and 
losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. 

The Group reviews the goodwill for impairment at least annually or more frequently when events or changes in economic circumstances 
indicate that impairment may have taken place and carries goodwill at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Assets are grouped 
together in the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows 
of other assets or groups of assets (the “cash-generating unit” or “CGU”). For impairment testing purposes goodwill cannot be allocated 
to a CGU that is greater than a reported operating segment. CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated are aggregated so that the level 
at which impairment is tested reflects the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal reporting purposes. Goodwill acquired 
in a business combination is allocated to groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. The test for 
impairment involves comparing the carrying value of goodwill with the present value of pre-tax cash flows, discounted at a rate of 
interest that reflects the inherent risks of the CGU to which the goodwill relates, or the CGU’s fair value if this is higher.

(b) Computer software
Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring to use the specific software. 
These costs are amortised on a straight line basis over the expected useful lives (three to ten years).

Costs associated with maintaining computer software programs are recognised as an expense as incurred.

Costs associated with developing computer software which are assets in the course of construction, which management has assessed to 
not be available for use, are not amortised.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019(c) Other intangibles
Other intangibles include trademarks, customer relationships, broker relationships, technology and banking licences acquired.  
These costs are amortised on a straight line basis over the expected useful lives (three to fourteen years).

Group

Cost
At 1 January 2018
Additions

At 31 December 2018

Additions

At 31 December 2019

Accumulated amortisation
At 1 January 2018
Amortisation charge

At 31 December 2018

Amortisation charge

At 31 December 2019

Net book amount

At 31 December 2018

At 31 December 2019

Goodwill
£000

Computer 
software
£000

Other 
intangibles
£000

5,202 
 – 

5,202 

 – 

5,202 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

5,202 

5,202 

11,148 
2,294 

13,442 

5,552 

18,994 

(2,562)
(1,483)

(4,045)

(1,761)

(5,806)

9,397 

13,188 

2,562 
 – 

2,562 

 – 

2,562 

(355)
(268)

(623)

(247)

(870)

1,939 

1,692 

111

Total
£000

18,912 
2,294 

21,206 

5,552 

26,758 

(2,917)
(1,751)

(4,668)

(2,008)

(6,676)

16,538 

20,082 

Significant management judgements are made in estimations, to evaluate whether an impairment of goodwill is necessary. Impairment 
testing is performed at CGU level and the following two items, with judgements surrounding them, have a significant impact on the 
estimations used in determining the necessity of an impairment charge:

•  Future cash flows – Cash flow forecasts reflect management’s view of future business forecasts at the time of the assessment.  

A detailed three year budget is done every year and management also uses judgement in applying a growth rate. The accuracy  
of future cash flows is subject to a high degree of uncertainty in volatile market conditions. During such conditions, management 
would perform impairment testing more frequently than annually to ensure that the assumptions applied are still valid in the current 
market conditions.

•  Discount rate – Management also apply judgement in determining the discount rate used to discount future expected cash flows.  

The discount rate is derived from the cost of capital for each CGU.

The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. There are currently two 
CGUs (2018: two) with goodwill attached; the core Arbuthnot Latham CGU (£1.7m) and RAF CGU (£3.5m). 

Management considers the value in use for both CGUs to be the discounted cash flows over 5 years with a terminal value (2018:  
5 years with a terminal value). The 5 year discounted cash flows with a terminal value are considered to be appropriate as the goodwill 
relates to an ongoing well established business and not underlying assets with finite lives. The terminal value is calculated by applying a 
discounted perpetual growth model to the profit expected in 2022 as per the approved 3 year plan. A growth rate of 8.1% (2018: 
8.9%) was used for income and 10.8% (2018: 6.9%) for expenditure from 2020 to 2022 (these rates were the best estimate of future 
forecasted performance), while a 3% (2018: 3%) percent growth rate for income and expenditure (a more conservative approach was 
taken for latter years as these were not budgeted for in detail as per the three year plan approved by the Board of Directors) was used 
for cash flows after the approved three year plan.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
112

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

27. Intangible assets (continued)

Management considers the value in use for the RAF CGU to be the discounted cash flows over 5 years with a terminal value. The 
5 year discounted cash flows with a terminal value are considered to be appropriate as the goodwill relates to an ongoing, well 
established, business and not underlying assets with finite lives. The terminal value is calculated by applying a discounted perpetual 
growth model to the profit expected in 2022 as per the approved budget. A growth rate of 3% (2018: 3%) was used (this rate was the 
best estimate of future forecasted performance).

The growth rates used are above the forecast UK growth rate of 1.5% to reflect the Bank’s current growth strategy enabled by capital 
available at parent level.

Cash flows were discounted at a pre-tax rate of 12% (2018: 12%) to their net present value. The discount rate of 12% is considered to 
be appropriate after evaluating current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the assets or CGUs. 

Currently, the value in use and fair value less costs to sell of both CGUs exceed the carrying values of the associated goodwill and as  
a result no sensitivity analysis was performed.

Company

Cost
At 1 January 2018
Additions

At 31 December 2018

At 31 December 2019

Accumulated amortisation
At 1 January 2018
Amortisation charge

At 31 December 2018

Amortisation charge

At 31 December 2019

Net book amount

At 31 December 2018

At 31 December 2019

Computer 
software
£000

– 
7 

7 

7 

– 
(1)

(1)

(1)

(2)

6 

5 

28. Property, plant and equipment

Land and buildings comprise mainly branches and offices and are stated at the latest valuation with subsequent additions at cost less 
depreciation. Plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less depreciation. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly 
attributable to the acquisition of the items.

Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost to their residual 
values over their estimated useful lives, applying the following annual rates, which are subject to regular review:

Leasehold improvements 
Office equipment 
Computer equipment 
Motor vehicles 

3 to 20 years
3 to 10 years
3 to 5 years
4 years

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
113

Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the term of the lease (until the first break clause). Gains and losses on disposals are 
determined by deducting carrying amount from proceeds. These are included in the Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Group

Cost or valuation
At 1 January 2018
Additions
Disposals

At 31 December 2018

Additions

At 31 December 2019

At 1 January 2018
Depreciation charge
Disposals

At 31 December 2018

Depreciation charge

At 31 December 2019

Net book amount

At 31 December 2018

At 31 December 2019

Company

Cost or valuation
At 1 January 2018
Additions
Disposals

At 31 December 2018

At 31 December 2019

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2018
Depreciation charge
Disposals

At 31 December 2018

Depreciation charge

At 31 December 2019

Net book amount

At 31 December 2018

At 31 December 2019

Leasehold
improvements
£000

Computer and  
other equipment 
£000

Motor 
Vehicles
 £000

5,015
1,764
 – 

6,779

609

7,388

(2,177)
(823)
 – 

(3,000)

(778)

(3,778)

3,779

3,610

3,041
627
 – 

3,668

1,341

5,009

(1,943)
(276)
 – 

(2,219)

(640)

(2,859)

1,449

2,150

97
91
(97)

91

 – 

91

(71)
(23)
79

(15)

(23)

(38)

76

53

Computer and  
other equipment 
£000

Motor 
Vehicles
 £000

214
3
– 

217

217

(84)
(1)
– 

(85)

(1)

(86)

132

131

97
91
(97)

91

91

(70)
(24)
79

(15)

(23)

(38)

76

53

Total
£000

8,153
2,482
(97)

10,538

1,950

12,488

(4,191)
(1,122)
79

(5,234)

(1,441)

(6,675)

5,304

5,813

Total
£000

311
94
(97)

308

308

(154)
(25)
79

(100)

(24)

(124)

208

184

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
114

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

29. Right-of-use assets

The Group has applied IFRS 16 using the modified retrospective approach from 1 January 2019 and has not restated comparatives for 
the 2018 reporting period, as permitted under the specific transitional provisions in the standard.

At inception or on reassessment of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains 
a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.  
To assess whether a contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset, the Group assesses whether:

•  the contract involves the use of an identified asset. This may be specified explicitly or implicitly, and should be physically distinct or 
represent substantially all of the capacity of a physically distinct asset. If the supplier has a substantive substitution right, then the 
asset is not identified;

•  the Group has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the asset throughout the period of use; and

•  the Group has the right to direct the use of the asset. The Group has this right when it has the decision-making rights that are most 

relevant to changing how and for what purpose the asset is used.

At inception or on reassessment of a contract that contains a lease component, the Group allocates the consideration in the contract  
to each lease component on the basis of their relative stand-alone prices.

(a) As a lessee
The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use asset is initially 
measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the 
commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset or  
to restore it or its site, less any lease incentives received.

The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the earlier of the end 
of the useful life of the right-of-use asset or the end of the lease term. The estimated useful lives of right-of-use assets are determined on 
the same basis as those of property and equipment. In addition, the right-of-use asset is periodically reduced by impairment losses,  
if any, and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability.

Practical exemptions
The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases of machinery that have a lease term 
of 12 months or less and leases of low value assets. The Group recognises the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense 
on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

As a lessee (policy applicable before 1 January 2019)
Rentals made under operating leases are recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income on a straight-line basis over the term  
of the lease.

Leases in which the Group assumes substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the leased asset are classified as finance 
leases. Leased assets by way of finance leases are stated at an amount equal to the lower of their fair value and the present value of the 
minimum lease payments at inception of the lease, less accumulated depreciation. Minimum lease payments are apportioned between 
the finance charge and the reduction of the outstanding liability. The finance charge is allocated to each period during the lease term so 
as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

(b) As a lessor
Assets leased to customers under agreements which transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership, with or without 
ultimate legal title, are classified as finance leases. When assets are held subject to finance leases, the present value of the lease payments 
is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised as 
unearned finance income. Lease income is recognised over the term of the lease using the net investment method, which reflects a 
constant periodic rate of return.

Assets leased to customers under agreements which do not transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as 
operating leases. When assets are held subject to operating leases, the underlying assets are held at cost less accumulated depreciation. 
The assets are depreciated down to their estimated residual values on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Lease rental income is 
recognised on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019115

Group

At 1 January 2019
Additions
Amortisation
Transfers*

At 31 December 2019

Investment 
property
£000

8,108
 – 
 – 
(8,108)

 – 

Properties
£000

Equipment
£000

14,036
 – 
(2,654)
8,108

19,490

 – 
543
(89)
 – 

454

Total
£000

22,144
543
(2,743)
 – 

19,944

*The leasehold investment properties were transferred to inventory during 2019 and as a result have been reclassified to properties within right-of-use 
assets.

The Group recognised £976k of interest expense related to lease liabilities. The Group also recognised £439k of expense in relation to 
leases with a duration of less than 12 months.

30. Investment property

Investment property is initially measured at cost. Transaction costs are included in the initial measurement. Subsequently, investment 
property is measured at fair value, with any change therein recognised in profit and loss within other income. 

If a change in use occurs and investment property is transferred to owner-occupied property, the property’s deemed cost for subsequent 
reporting is its fair value at the date of change in use.

Group

Opening balance
Additions
Transfer

At 31 December 2019

2019
£000

67,081
2,901
(63,219)

6,763

2018
£000

59,439
879
6,763

67,081

During the year, two properties were reclassified from investment property to inventory due to being under development with a view to 
sell. At 31 December 2019 they were valued at cost of £63.2m. £2.9m (2018: £0.9m) of additions relate to development costs of the St 
Philips Place property, which is one of the properties now reclassified to inventory.

Crescent Office Park, Bath
In November 2017, a Property Fund, based in Jersey and owned by the Group, acquired a freehold office building in Bath. The 
property comprises 25,528 square ft. over ground and two upper floors with parking spaces. The property was acquired for £6.35m. 
On the date of acquisition, the property was being multi-let to tenants and was at full capacity. 

In 2017, the Fund was recognised as an asset held for sale under IFRS 5 and therefore not consolidated in the financial statements.  
At 31 December 2019 it was consolidated into the Group as it no longer met the IFRS 5 criteria and is recognised as an investment 
property. The Group has elected to apply the fair value model. 

The Group recognised £0.5m (2018: £0.5m) rental income during the year and incurred £0.1m (2018: £0.5m) of operating expenses.

31. Deposits from banks

Group

Deposits from other banks

2019
£000

2018
£000

230,421 

232,675 

The Term Funding Scheme (“TFS”) was announced by the Bank of England on 4 August 2016 and became effective from 19 September 
2016. The scheme is now closed. The TFS allows participants to borrow central bank reserves in exchange for eligible collateral. Deposits 
from banks include £225m (2018: £225m) obtained through TFS. For a maturity profile of deposits from banks, refer to Note 6.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019116

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

32. Deposits from customers

Group

Current/demand accounts
Notice accounts
Term deposits

2019
£000

1,134,021 
102,567 
848,315 

2,084,903 

2018
£000

944,564 
75,879 
693,843 

1,714,286 

Included in customer accounts are deposits of £33.2m (2018: £24.5m) held as collateral for loans and advances. The fair value of these 
deposits approximates their carrying value.

For a maturity profile of deposits from customers, refer to Note 6.

33. Other liabilities

Group

Trade payables
Accruals and deferred income

Company

Trade payables
Due to subsidiary undertakings
Accruals and deferred income

34. Lease liabilities

2019
£000

2,023 
11,477 

13,500 

2019
£000

289
824 
1,950 

3,063 

2018
£000

1,782 
16,767 

18,549 

2018
£000

272
1,566 
1,486 

3,324 

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, 
discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing 
rate. Primarily, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise the following:

•  fixed payments, including in-substance payments;

•  variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rates as at the commencement date;

•  amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee.

The lease liability is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. It is remeasured when there is a change in future 
lease payments arising from a change in index or rate, if there is a change in the Group’s estimate of the amount expected to be payable 
under a residual value guarantee.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
117

When the lease liability is remeasured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset, 
or is recorded in the Statement of Comprehensive Income if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.

Group

At 1 January 2019
Additions
Interest expense
Lease payments

At 31 December 2019

Maturity analysis

Group

Less than one year
One to five years
More than five years

Total undiscounted lease liabilities at 31 December 2019

Lease liabilities included in the Statement of Financial Position at 31 December 2019

Current

Non-current

35. Debt securities in issue

Properties
£000

Equipment
£000

22,732
 – 
965
(3,677)

20,020

 – 
539
(11)
(139)

411

Total
£000

22,732
539
(976)
(3,816)

20,431

2019
£000

 111
 12,174
8,146 

 20,431

 111

 111

 20,320

Issued financial instruments or their components are classified as liabilities where the contractual arrangement results in the Group 
having a present obligation to either deliver cash or another financial asset to the holder. 

Financial liabilities, other than trading liabilities at fair value, are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method as 
set out in the policy in Note 3.3. 

Group and Company

Subordinated loan notes

2019
£000

2018
£000

36,837 

13,283 

Euro subordinated loan notes
The subordinated loan notes were issued on 7 November 2005 and are denominated in Euros. The principal amount outstanding at 
31 December 2019 was €15,000,000 (2018: €15,000,000). The notes carry interest at 3% over the interbank rate for three month 
deposits in euros and are repayable at par in August 2035 unless redeemed or repurchased earlier by the Company.

The contractual undiscounted amount that will be required to be paid at maturity of the above debt securities is €15,000,000.

Given the fact that the Group has never been subject to a published credit rating by any of the relevant agencies and the notes in issue 
are not quoted, it is not considered possible to estimate a fair value for these notes.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019118

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

35. Issued debt securities (continued)

Subordinated loan notes
The subordinated loan notes were issued on 3 June 2019 and are denominated in Pound Sterling. The principal amount outstanding  
at 31 December 2019 was £25,000,000 (2018: £nil). The notes carry interest at 7.75% over the three month LIBOR rate and are 
repayable at par in June 2029 unless redeemed or repurchased earlier by the Company.

The contractual undiscounted amount that will be required to be paid at maturity of the above debt securities is £25,000,000.

Given the fact that the Group has never been subject to a published credit rating by any of the relevant agencies and the notes in issue 
are not quoted, it is not considered possible to estimate a fair value for these notes.

36. Contingent liabilities and commitments

Financial guarantees and loan commitments policy
Financial guarantees represent undertakings that the Group will meet a customer’s obligation to third parties if the customer fails to do so. 
Commitments to extend credit represent unused portions of authorisations to extend credit in the form of loans, guarantees or letters of 
credit. The Group is theoretically exposed to loss in an amount equal to the total guarantees or unused commitments. However, the likely 
amount of loss is expected to be significantly less; most commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific 
credit standards. Liabilities under financial guarantee contracts are initially recorded at their fair value, and the initial fair value is 
amortised over the life of the financial guarantee. Subsequently, the financial guarantee liabilities are measured at the higher of the initial 
fair value, less cumulative amortisation, and the best estimate of the expenditure to settle obligations.

Provisions and contingent liabilities policy
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that 
an outflow of economic resources will be required from the Group and amounts can be reliably measured.

Onerous contract provisions are recognised for losses on contracts where the forecast costs of fulfilling the contract throughout the 
contract period exceed the forecast income receivable. In assessing the amount of the loss to provide on any contract, account is taken 
of the Group’s forecast results which the contract is servicing. The provision is calculated based on discounted cash flows to the end of 
the contract.

Contingent liabilities are disclosed when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event, but the probability that it will 
be required to settle that obligation is more than remote, but not probable.

Contingent liabilities
The Group is subject to extensive regulation in the conduct of its business. A failure to comply with applicable regulations could result 
in regulatory investigations, fines and restrictions on some of the Group’s business activities or other sanctions. The Group seeks to 
minimise this risk through the adoption and compliance with policies and procedures, continuing to refine controls over business 
practices and behaviour, employee training, the use of appropriate documentation, and the involvement of outside legal counsel where 
appropriate.

Capital commitments
At 31 December 2019, the Group had capital commitments of US$0.6m (2018: US$0.7m) in respect of a contribution in an  
equity investment.

Credit commitments
The contractual amounts of the Group’s off-balance sheet financial instruments that commit it to extend credit to customers are  
as follows:

Group

Guarantees and other contingent liabilities
Commitments to extend credit:
– Original term to maturity of one year or less

2019
£000

6,401 

190,064 

196,465 

2018
£000

1,744 

86,002 

87,746 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
119

Operating lease commitments
Where a Group company is the lessee, the future aggregate lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

Group

Expiring:
Within 1 year
Later than 1 year and no later than 5 years
Later than 5 years

2019
£000

 215 
 – 
 – 

 215 

2018
£000

2,995 
11,446 
2,213 

16,654 

2018 has been restated to include an omitted lease identified during the implementation of IFRS 16.

On adoption of IFRS 16, the Group recognised a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability in relation to leases which had 
previously been classified as “operating leases” under the principles of IAS 17 Leases.

The Group utilised the practical expedient, which allows for the accounting for operating leases, with a remaining lease term of less 
than 12 months as at 1 January 2019, as short-term leases.

37. Share capital

Ordinary share capital

Group and Company

At 1 January 2018

At 31 December 2018 & December 2019

Ordinary non-voting share capital

Group and Company

At 1 January 2019

Issue of shares

At 31 December 2019

Total share capital

Group and Company

At 1 January 2018

At 31 December 2018

Issue of shares

At 31 December 2019

Number of 
shares

15,279,322 

15,279,322 

Number of 
shares

– 

152,621 

152,621 

Number of 
shares

15,279,322 

15,279,322 

152,621 

15,431,943 

Share 
capital
£000 

153 

153 

Share 
capital
£000 

– 

1 

1 

Share 
capital
£000 

153 

153 

1 

154 

Share 
premium
£000

 – 

– 

Share 
premium
£000

– 

 – 

– 

Share 
premium
£000

 – 

– 

 – 

– 

(a) Share issue costs
Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options by Arbuthnot Banking Group, are shown in equity as a 
deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

(b) Dividends on ordinary shares
Dividends on ordinary shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are approved.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
120

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

37. Share capital (continued)

(c) Share buybacks
Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity share capital (treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any 
directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes) is deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders until 
the shares are cancelled or reissued.

The Ordinary shares have a par value of 1p per share (2018: 1p per share). At 31 December 2019 the Company held 401,584 shares 
(2018: 390,274) in treasury. This includes 390,274 Ordinary shares and 11,310 Ordinary Non-Voting shares.

38. Reserves and retained earnings

Group

Capital redemption reserve
Fair value reserve
Treasury shares
Retained earnings

Total reserves at 31 December

2019
£000

19 
205 
(1,214)
209,171 

208,181 

2018
£000

20 
(12,169)
(1,131)
209,083 

195,803 

The capital redemption reserve represents a reserve created after the Company purchased its own shares which resulted in a reduction 
of share capital.

Company

Capital redemption reserve
Fair value reserve
Treasury shares
Retained earnings

Total reserves as 31 December

39. Share-based payment options

2019
£000

19 
(423)
(1,214)
161,556 

159,938 

2018
£000

20 
(7,022)
(1,131)
162,729 

154,596 

Company – cash settled
Grants were made to Messrs Salmon and Cobb on 14 June 2016 under Phantom Option Scheme introduced on that date, to acquire 
ordinary 1p shares in the Company at 1591p exercisable in respect of 50% on or after 15 June 2019 and in respect of the remaining 
50% on or after 15 June 2021 when a cash payment would be made equal to any increase in market value. 

Under this Scheme, Mr. Salmon and Mr. Cobb were granted a phantom option to acquire 200,000 and 100,000 ordinary 1p shares 
respectively in the Company, which remained outstanding at 31 December 2019. The fair value of these options at the grant date was 
£1m. At 31 December 2019, the fair value of the options was £0.3m (2018: £0.1m).

The performance conditions of the Scheme are that for the duration of the vesting period, the dividends paid by ABG must have 
increased in percentage terms when compared to an assumed dividend of 29p per share in respect of the financial year ending 
31 December 2016, by a minimum of the increase in the Retail Prices Index during that period.

Also from the grant date to the date the Option is exercised, there must be no public criticism by any regulatory authority on the 
operation of ABG or any of its subsidiaries which has a material impact on the business of ABG.

Options are forfeited if they remain unexercised after a period of more than 7 years from the date of grant. If the participant ceases to 
be employed by the Group by reason of injury, disability, ill-health or redundancy; or because his employing company ceases to be a 
shareholder of the Group; or because his employing business is being transferred out of the Group, his option may be exercised within 
6 months after such cessation. In the event of the death of a participant, the personal representatives of a participant may exercise an 
option, to the extent exercisable at the date of death, within 6 months after the death of the participant.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019121

On cessation of employment for any other reason (or when a participant serves, or has been served with, notice of termination of such 
employment), the option will lapse although the Remuneration Committee has discretion to allow the exercise of the option for a 
period not exceeding 6 months from the date of such cessation. 

In such circumstances, the performance conditions may be modified or waived as the Remuneration Committee, acting fairly and 
reasonably and taking due consideration of the circumstances, thinks fit. The number of Ordinary Shares which can be acquired on 
exercise will be pro-rated on a time elapsed basis, unless the Remuneration Committee, acting fairly and reasonably and taking due 
consideration of the circumstances, decides otherwise. In determining whether to exercise its discretion in these respects, the 
Remuneration Committee must satisfy itself that the early exercise of an option does not constitute a reward for failure.

The probability of payout has been assigned based on the likelihood of meeting the performance criteria, which is 100%. The 
Directors consider that there is some uncertainty surrounding whether the participants will all still be in situ and eligible at the vesting 
date. Therefore the directors have assumed a 15% attrition rate for the share options vesting in June 2021. The attrition rate will 
increase by 3% per year until the vesting date. ABG had a £0.2m expense in relation to share based payments during 2019 (2018: 
£0.3m write back), as disclosed in Note 12.

Measurement inputs and assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model are as follows:

Expected Stock Price Volatility
Expected Dividend Yield
Risk Free Interest Rate
Average Expected Life (in years)

40. Dividends per share

2019

21.8%
2.9%
0.7%
1.46

2018

19.8%
3.6%
0.8%
1.46

Final dividends are not accounted for until they have been approved at the Annual General Meeting. The second interim dividend  
in respect of 2019 of 21p per share (2018: actual dividend 20p per share) amounting to a total of £3.16m (2018: actual £2.98m) was 
also declared after year end. The financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2019 do not reflect the second interim dividend 
which will be accounted for in shareholders’ equity as an appropriation of retained profits in the year ending 31 December 2020.

41. Cash and cash equivalents

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows, cash and cash equivalents comprises cash on hand and demand deposits, and cash 
equivalents are deemed highly liquid investments that are convertible into cash with an insignificant risk of changes in value with a 
maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition.

Group

Cash and balances at central banks (Note 17)
Loans and advances to banks (Note 18)

Company

2019
£000

325,908 
46,258 

372,166 

2019
£000

2018
£000

405,325 
54,173 

459,498 

2018
£000

Loans and advances to banks (Note 18)

15,316 

17,008 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
122

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

42. Related party transactions

Related parties of the Company and Group include subsidiaries, directors, Key Management Personnel, close family members of Key 
Management Personnel and entities which are controlled, jointly controlled or significantly influenced, or for which significant voting 
power is held, by Key Management Personnel or their close family members.

Other than the directors’ remuneration (see Remuneration Report pages 36 to 37), payment of dividends and transactions with 
subsidiaries and associates, there were no related party transactions within the Parent Company. A number of banking transactions are 
entered into with related parties in the normal course of business on normal commercial terms. These include loans and deposits. 
Except for the directors’ disclosures, there were no other Key Management Personnel disclosures; therefore the tables below relate to 
directors and their close family members.

Group – subsidiaries

Loans
Loans outstanding at 1 January
Loans advanced during the year
Loan repayments during the year
Transfer to deposits during the year
Loans outstanding at 31 December

Interest income earned

Group – associates

Loans
Loans outstanding at 1 January
Loans advanced during the year
Loan repayments during the year
Transferred from loans with subsidiaries
Loans outstanding at 31 December

Interest income earned

2019
£000

515 
137 
(144)
(5)
503 

17 

2019
£000

–
– 
–
–
– 

– 

2018
£000

508 
126 
(2)
(117)
515 

15 

2018
£000

1,409 
– 
(1,409)
–
– 

– 

The loans to directors are mainly secured on property, shares or cash and bear interest at rates linked to base rate. No provisions have 
been recognised in respect of loans given to related parties (2018: £nil).

Group – subsidiaries

Deposits
Deposits at 1 January
Deposits placed during the year
Deposits repaid during the year
Transfer to loans during the year
Deposits at 31 December

Interest expense on deposits

Group – associates

2019
£000

1,884 
4,529 
(3,342)
(6)
3,065 

6 

2019
£000

2018
£000

3,233 
3,390 
(4,622)
 (117) 
1,884 

7 

2018
£000

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
123

–
– 
–
–
– 

– 

1,403 
– 
(1,403)
–
– 

– 

Deposits
Deposits at 1 January
Deposits placed during the year
Deposits repaid during the year
Transferred from deposits with subsidiaries
Deposits at 31 December

Interest expense on deposits

Details of directors’ remuneration are given in the Remuneration Report. The Directors do not believe that there were any other 
transactions with key management or their close family members that require disclosure.

Details of principal subsidiaries are given in Note 43. Transactions and balances with subsidiaries are shown below:

ASSETS
Due from subsidiary undertakings –  
Loans and advances to banks
Due from subsidiary undertakings –  
Debt securities at amortised cost
Shares in subsidiary undertakings

LIABILITIES
Due to subsidiary undertakings

 2019

 2018

Highest balance 
during the year
£000

Balance at
31 December
£000

Highest balance 
during the year
£000

Balance at 
31 December
£000

16,094

24,741
134,614

175,449

1,039

1,039

15,310

24,239
134,004

173,553

824

824

35,483

17,002

 – 
134,614

170,097

2,097

2,097

 – 
134,614

151,616

1,566

1,566

The disclosure of the year end balance and the highest balance during the year is considered the most meaningful information to 
represent the transactions during the year. The above transactions arose during the normal course of business and are on substantially 
the same terms as for comparable transactions with third parties.

The Company undertook the following transactions with other companies in the Group during the year:

Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd - Recharge of property and IT costs

Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd - Recharge for costs paid on the Company's behalf
Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd - Recharge of costs paid on behalf of Arbuthnot Latham  
& Co., Ltd
Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd - Group recharges for shared services
Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd - Group recharges for liquidity
Secure Trust Bank PLC (from 16 June 2016 to 8 August 2018 as associate) - Group recharges  
for shared services
Secure Trust Bank PLC (from 16 June 2016 to 8 August 2018 as associate) - Dividends received

Total

2019
£000

930

1,890

(1,226)
(5,219)
(5,326)

 – 
 – 

(8,951)

2018
£000

930

1,520

–
(1,200)
 – 

(751)
(2,101)

(1,602)

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
124

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

43. Interests in subsidiaries

Company

At 1 January 2018
Capital contributions to Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited

At 31 December 2018

Receipt on dissolution of West Yorkshire Insurance Company Limited

At 31 December 2019

Company

Subsidiary undertakings:
Bank
Other

Total

Investment 
at cost
£000

Impairment 
provisions
£000

100,366
36,812

137,178

(3,174)

134,004

(2,564)
– 

(2,564)

2,564 

–

2019
£000

132,314 
1,690 

134,004 

Net
£000

97,802
36,812

134,614

(610)

134,004

2018
£000

132,314 
2,300 

134,614 

(a) List of subsidiaries
Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited is the only significant subsidiary of Arbuthnot Banking Group. Arbuthnot Latham is incorporated 
in the United Kingdom, has a principal activity of Private and Commercial Banking and is 100% owned by the Group.

The table below provides details of other subsidiaries of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC at 31 December:

% shareholding

Country of 
incorporation

Principal activity

Direct shareholding
Arbuthnot Fund Managers Limited
Arbuthnot Investments Limited
Arbuthnot Limited
Arbuthnot Properties Limited
Arbuthnot Unit Trust Management Limited
Gilliat Financial Solutions Limited
Peoples Trust and Savings Plc
Windward Insurance Company PCC Limited

Indirect shareholding via intermediate holding companies
Arbuthnot Commercial Asset Based Lending Limited
Arbuthnot Latham (Nominees) Limited
Arbuthnot Latham Real Estate Holdco Limited
Arbuthnot Latham Real Estate Holdings Limited
Arbuthnot Latham Real Estate PropCo Limited
Arbuthnot Real Estate Capital Limited
Arbuthnot Real Estate Capital GP 1 Limited
Arbuthnot Real Estate Capital Fund 1 Limited
Arbuthnot Securities Limited
Arbuthnot Specialist Finance Limited
John K Gilliat & Co., Limited
Pinnacle Universal Limited
Pinnacle Universal Limited
Renaissance Asset Finance Limited

100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%

100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%

UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
Guernsey

UK
UK
Jersey
UK
Jersey
Jersey
Jersey
Jersey
UK
UK
UK
BVI
UK
UK

Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Insurance

Asset Finance
Dormant
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Dormant
Specialist Finance
Dormant
Property development
Property development
Asset Finance

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
125

All the subsidiary and related undertakings above are unlisted and none are banking institutions. All entities are included in the 
consolidated financial statements and have an accounting reference date of 31 December.

All Jersey entities have their registered office as 26 New Street, St Helier, Jersey, JE2 3RA. Pinnacle Universal Limited’s (BVI) registered 
office is 9 Columbus Centre, Pelican Drive, Road Town, Tortola, BVI. All other entities listed above have their registered office as 
7 Wilson Street, London, EC2M 2SN.

(b) Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries
There were no non-controlling interests at the end of 2019 or 2018.

(c) Significant restrictions
The Group does not have significant restrictions on its ability to access or use its assets and settle its liabilities other than those 
resulting from the supervisory frameworks within which banking subsidiaries operate. The supervisory frameworks require banking 
subsidiaries to keep certain levels of regulatory capital and liquid assets, limit their exposure to other parts of the Group and comply 
with other ratios. The carrying amounts of the banking subsidiary’s assets and liabilities are £2,584m and £2,400m respectively  
(2018: £2,171m and £1,994m respectively).

(d) Risks associated with interests
During the year Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC made £nil (2018: £36.8m) capital contributions to Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd. 
The contributions were made to assist the Bank during a period of growth to ensure that all regulatory capital requirements were met. 

44. Operating segments

The Group is organised into eight operating segments as disclosed below:

1)   Private Banking – Provides traditional private banking services as well as offering financial planning and investment management 

services. This segment includes Dubai.

2)   Mortgage Portfolios – Acquired mortgage portfolios.

3)   Commercial Banking – Provides bespoke commercial banking services and tailored secured lending against property investments 

and other assets.

4)   RAF – Specialist asset finance lender mainly in high value cars but also business assets.

5)   ACABL – Provides finance secured on either invoices, assets or stock of the borrower.

6)   ASFL – Provides short term secured lending solutions to professional and entrepreneurial property investors.

7)   All Other Divisions – All other smaller divisions and central costs in Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd (Investment property and 

Central costs)

8)   Group Centre – ABG Group management.

During the year the Group changed the way indirect costs are allocated to divisions. Treasury income and expenditure and the cost 
relating to certain support departments are no longer allocated out to divisions. This is in accordance with how the divisions are 
managed internally. The Mortgage Portfolios were previously included as part of Private Banking. ACABL and ASFL are now also 
reported separately (previously included in All Other Divisions). The comparative numbers for the divisions have been restated to 
reflect the new allocation method.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019126

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

44. Operating segments (continued)

Transactions between the operating segments are on normal commercial terms. Centrally incurred expenses are charged to operating 
segments on an appropriate pro-rata basis. Segment assets and liabilities comprise loans and advances to customers and customer 
deposits, being the majority of the balance sheet.

Private 
Banking
£000

Mortgage
 Portfolios
£000

Commercial
Banking
£000

RAF
£000

ACABL
£000

ASFL
£000

All Other
Divisions
£000

Group 
Centre
£000

Year ended 31 December 2019

Interest revenue
Inter-segment revenue
Interest revenue from  
external customers
Fee and commission income

27,366 
 – 

27,366 
10,730 

6,647 
 – 

6,647 
 – 

22,959 
 – 

22,959 
1,162 

8,659 
 – 

8,659 
219 

2,703 
 – 

2,703 
1,380 

Revenue from external customers

38,096 

6,647 

24,121 

8,878 

4,083 

Interest expense
Add back inter-segment revenue
Subordinated loan note interest
Fee and commission expense
Segment operating income
Impairment losses
Other income
Operating expenses
Segment profit/(loss) before tax
Income tax (expense)/income

(2,259)
 – 
 – 
(43)
35,794 
(485)
 – 
(32,373)
2,936 
 – 

(2,534)
 – 
– 
 – 
4,113 
 – 
 – 
(807)
3,306 
 – 

(2,808)
 – 
– 
(48)
21,265 
320 
 – 
(14,312)
7,273 
 – 

(2,786)
 – 
– 
(12)
6,080 
(708)
64 
(3,577)
1,859 
(371)

(1,358)
 – 
– 
(3)
2,722 
10 
 – 
(2,708)
24 
 – 

102 
 – 

102 
1 

103 

(31)
 – 
– 
(1)
71 
(4)
 – 
(1,275)
(1,208)
 – 

8,434 
 – 

8,434 
443 

8,877 

(4,696)
 – 
– 
 – 
4,181 
 – 
4,955 
(7,170)
1,966 
133 

68 
(68)

 – 
 – 

 – 

(209)
68 
(1,620)
 – 
(1,761)
 – 
580 
(7,964)
(9,145)
(597)

Total
£000

76,938 
(68)

76,870 
13,935 

90,805 

(16,681)
68 
(1,620)
(107)
72,465 
(867)
5,599 
(70,186)
7,011 
(835)

Segment profit/(loss) after tax

2,936 

3,306 

7,273 

1,488 

24 

(1,208)

2,099 

(9,742)

6,176 

Loans and advances to customers

579,267 

306,044 

527,620 

102,888 

75,871 

7,352 

11,511 

(11,500)

1,599,053 

Other assets

Segment total assets

Customer deposits
Other liabilities

Segment total liabilities

Other segment items:
Capital expenditure
Depreciation and amortisation

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

974,241 

22,085 

996,326 

579,267 

306,044 

527,620 

102,888 

75,871 

7,352 

985,752 

10,585 

2,595,379 

1,039,112 
 – 

1,039,112 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

824,120 
 – 

824,120 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

248,965 
288,790 

(27,294) 2,084,903 
302,141 
13,351 

537,755 

(13,943) 2,387,044 

(7,503)
(3,424)

 – 
(25)

(7,503)
(3,449)

The “Group Centre” segment above includes the parent entity and all intercompany eliminations.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private 
Banking
£000

Mortgage
 Portfolios
£000

Commercial
Banking
£000

RAF
£000

ACABL
£000

ASFL
£000

All Other
Divisions
£000

Group 
Centre
£000

Year ended 31 December 2018

Interest revenue
Inter-segment revenue
Interest revenue from  
external customers
Fee and commission income

30,409 
 – 

30,409 
10,887 

3,194 
 – 

3,194 
 – 

17,388 
 – 

17,388 
849 

7,536 
 – 

7,536 
151 

Revenue from external customers

41,296 

3,194 

18,237 

7,687 

Interest expense
Add back inter-segment revenue
Subordinated loan note interest
Fee and commission expense
Segment operating income
Impairment losses
Other income
Operating expenses
Segment profit/(loss) before tax
Income tax (expense)/income

(2,166)
 – 
 – 
(56)
39,074 
(1,966)
2 
(32,499)
4,611 
 – 

(1,059)
 – 
 – 
 – 
2,135 
 – 
 – 
(235)
1,900 
 – 

(2,243)
 – 
 – 
(122)
15,872 
(278)
 – 
(12,794)
2,800 
 – 

(2,192)
 – 
 – 
(14)
5,481 
(437)
73 
(3,169)
1,948 
(431)

487 
 – 

487 
219 

706 

(263)
 – 
 – 
(7)
436 
(50)
 – 
(1,500)
(1,114)
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
(345)
(345)
 – 

6,276 
 – 

6,276 
850 

7,126 

(1,713)
 – 
 – 
(35)
5,378 
 – 
6,683 
(7,287)
4,774 
35 

88 
(88)

 – 
 – 

 – 

(199)
88 
(360)
 – 
(471)
 – 
(170)
(7,153)
(7,794)
(725)

127

Total
£000

65,378 
(88)

65,290 
12,956 

78,246 

(9,835)
88 
(360)
(234)
67,905 
(2,731)
6,588 
(64,982)
6,780 
(1,121)

Segment profit/(loss) after tax

4,611 

1,900 

2,800 

1,517 

(1,114)

(345)

4,809 

(8,519)

5,659 

Loss from discontinued operations

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(25,692)

Segment profit/(loss) after tax

4,611 

1,900 

2,800 

1,517 

(1,114)

(345)

4,809 

(8,519)

(20,033)

Loans and advances to customers
Other assets

601,741 
 – 

68,723 
 – 

443,108 
 – 

85,957 
 – 

25,341 
 – 

Segment total assets

Customer deposits
Other liabilities

Segment total liabilities

Other segment items:
Capital expenditure
Depreciation and amortisation

601,741 

68,723 

443,108 

85,957 

25,341 

1,041,208 
 – 

1,041,208 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

566,748 
 – 

566,748 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

11,286 
936,370 

(11,500)
14,147 

1,224,656 
950,517 

947,656 

2,647 

2,175,173 

136,092 
251,437 

(29,762)
13,494 

1,714,286 
264,931 

387,529 

(16,268)

1,979,217 

(4,675)
(2,847)

(101)
(26)

(4,776)
(2,873)

Segment profit is shown prior to any intra-group eliminations.

Prior year numbers have been represented according to the 2018 operating segments reported to management. The UK private bank 
has a branch in Dubai, which generated £4.4m (2017: £4.5m) of income and had direct operating costs of £2.9m (2017: £2.7m). All 
Dubai branch income is booked in the UK. Other than the Dubai branch, all operations of the Group are conducted wholly within the 
United Kingdom and geographical information is therefore not presented.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
128

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

45. Country by Country Reporting

Article 89 of the EU Directive 2013/36/EU otherwise known as the Capital Requirements Directive IV (‘CRD IV’) was implemented 
into UK domestic legislation through statutory instrument 2013 No. 3118, the Capital Requirements (Country-by-Country Reporting) 
Regulations 2013 (the Regulations), which were laid before the UK Parliament on 10 December 2013 and which came into force on 
1 January 2014.

Article 89 requires credit institutions and investment firms in the EU to disclose annually, specifying, by Member State and by third 
country in which it has an establishment, the following information on a consolidated basis for the financial year: name, nature of 
activities, geographical location, turnover, number of employees, profit or loss before tax, tax on profit or loss and public subsidies 
received.

31 December 2019

Location 

UK
Dubai

31 December 2018

Location 

UK
Dubai

Turnover
(£m)

Number FTE
employees

 72.5
 – 

 487
 13

Turnover
(£m)

Number FTE
employees

 67.9
 – 

 423
 14

Profit/(loss)  
before tax  

(£m)

 9.8
(2.8)

Profit/(loss)  
before tax  

(£m)

 9.7
(2.9)

Tax paid
(£m)

 0.8
 – 

Tax paid
(£m)

 1.2
 – 

The Dubai branch income is booked through the UK, hence the turnover is nil in the above analysis. Offsetting this income against 
Dubai branch costs would result in a £1.6m profit (2018: £0.9m). After indirect cost allocation it results in a loss of £0.3m (2018: loss 
of £0.5m). No public subsidies were received during 2018 

46. Ultimate controlling party

The Company regards Sir Henry Angest, the Group Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, who has a beneficial interest in 56.1% of 
the issued share capital of the Company, as the ultimate controlling party. Details of his remuneration are given in the Remuneration 
Report and Note 42 of the consolidated financial statements includes related party transactions with Sir Henry Angest.

47. Non-adjusting events after the balance sheet date

The global economy has been significantly impacted by the spread of the coronavirus, which has had a dramatic effect on financial 
markets around the world. 

The Government along with the Bank of England have implemented a number of measures to boost the economy. The extent to which 
these prevent the emergence of credit impairments in the Group is unknown.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019Five Year  
Summary 

129

Profit/(loss) for the year after tax
(Loss)/profit before tax from continuing operations*
Total Earnings per share

2015
£000

26,524 
(2,606)

2016
£000

227,569 
(1,966)

2017
£000

6,523 
2,534 

2018
£000

(20,033)
6,780 

2019
£000

6,176 
7,011 

Basic (p)

86.3

1,127.2

43.9

(134.5)

41.2

Earnings per share from continuing operations*

Basic (p)

Dividends per share (p) – ordinary
Dividends per share (p) – special

Other KPI:

(16.9)
29.0
 – 

2015
£000

(18.2)
31.0
325.0

2016
£000

14.0
33.0
 – 

2017
£000

38.0
35.0
 – 

2018
£000

41.2
37.0
– 

2019
£000

Net asset value per share (p)

1,252.7

1,533.8

1,547.0

1,282.5

1,363.5

* Prior year numbers have been restated for continuing operations.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
130

Corporate Contacts  
and Advisers

Group Address and Registered Office

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC
Arbuthnot House
7 Wilson Street
London EC2M 2SN
T 020 7012 2400
E info@arbuthnotgroup.co.uk
www.arbuthnotgroup.com

Corporate Contacts

London
Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited
Arbuthnot House
7 Wilson Street
London EC2M 2SN
T 020 7012 2500
F 020 7012 2501
E banking@arbuthnot.co.uk
www.arbuthnotlatham.co.uk

Bristol
St Brandon’s House
27-29 Great George Street
Bristol BS1 5QT
T 01392 496061

Exeter
The Senate
Ground Floor
Southernhay Gardens
Exeter
Devon EX1 1UG
T 01392 496061
F 01392 413638

Manchester
8th Floor
82 King Street
Manchester M2 4WQ
T 0161 413 0030

International
Dubai branch
PO Box 482007
Gate Precinct 4
Level 3
Office 308
Dubai International Financial Centre
Dubai
T +971 (4) 3770900

Renaissance Asset Finance Limited
RFC House
137 High Street
Brentwood
Essex CM14 4RZ
T 01277 215355
F 01277 203350
E info@renaissanceaf.com
www.renaissanceaf.com

Arbuthnot Commercial Asset Based Lending Limited
The Beehive
City Place
Gatwick RH6 0PA
E ABL@arbuthnot.co.uk

Arbuthnot Specialist Finance Limited
Manchester
8th Floor
82 King Street
Manchester M2 4WQ
T 0161 413 0030
E ASFLenquiries@arbuthnot.co.uk

Advisers

Auditor
Mazars LLP

Principal Bankers
Barclays Bank PLC
Lloyds Bank PLC

Joint Stockbroker
Numis Securities Limited
Shore Capital Stockbrokers Limited

Nominated Adviser and NEX Exchange Corporate Adviser
Grant Thornton UK LLP

Registrars
Link Asset Services
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham, Kent BR3 4TU

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2019Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC
Arbuthnot House
7 Wilson Street
London EC2M 2SN

T 020 7012 2400 
E info@arbuthnotgroup.co.uk

www.arbuthnotgroup.com

Registration No. 1954085